Home

ZyXEL MSAP2000 User's Manual

1. 149 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 58 Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION delete lt port gt lt mac gt lt mac gt Removes a MAC filter MAC entry lt mac gt pktfilter See Section 28 13 on page 242 for how to configure packet filters show portlist Displays packet type filter settings set lt portlist gt Sets the packet type filter for a pppoelip arp n specific port etbios dhcp eap none accepts all packets This olligmp none command disables the pktfilter pppoeonly lt portlist gt command lt portlist gt Uses this command to allow only pppo y p PPPoE traffic It drops any non PPPoE packets This command disables the pktfilter set lt portlist gt pppoelip arp netbios dhc pleapolligmp none command dot1x show portlist Displays IEEE 802 1X settings enable Turns on IEEE 802 1X disable Turns off IEEE 802 1X auth lt profile radius Sets IEEE 802 1X to use the local gt profiles or an external RADIUS server for authentication port enable Turns on IEEE 802 1X for lt portlist gt specific ports disable Turns off IEEE 802 1X for lt portlist gt specific ports control Sets the IEEE 802 1X port lt portlist gt authentication option for specific lt auto auth unau th gt ports reauth Sets the IEEE 802 1X re lt portlist gt authentication option for specific lt onl off gt ports period Sets
2. Table 20 Alarm Profile continued LABEL DESCRIPTION 15 Min LOS This field sets the limit for the number of Loss Of Signal seconds that are sec permitted to occur within 15 minutes 15 Min LPR This field sets the limit for the number of times a Loss of PoweR on the ATUR is permitted to occur within 15 minutes 15 Min ES This field sets the limit for the number of Errored Seconds that are permitted sec to occur within 15 minutes 15 Min SES This field sets the limit for the number of Severely Errored Seconds that sec are permitted to occur within 15 minutes 15 Min UAS This field sets the limit for the number of UnAvailable Seconds that are permitted sec to occur within 15 minutes 15 Min Failed This field sets the limit for the number of failed fast retrains that are permitted Fast Retrain within 15 minutes Init Failure Trap Select Active to trigger an alarm for an initialization failure trap Fast Rate Up upstream bps Specify a rate in kilobits per second kbps If a fast mode connection s transmission rate increases by more than this number then a trap is sent Fast Rate Down bps Specify a rate in kilobits per second kbps If a fast mode connection s downstream transmission rate decreases by more than this number then a trap is sent Interleave Rate Up bps sent Specify a rate in kilobits per second kbps If an interleave mode connection s upstream transm
3. Displays all IP configuration 220 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 28 4 General IP Commands 28 4 1 28 4 2 28 4 3 The following shows general IP commands that help with the management of the IP parameters Show Command Syntax ras gt ip show Use the command to display the current management IP settings Ping Command Syntax ras gt ip ping lt ip gt count where lt ip gt The IP address of the target count The number of pings you want the MSAP2000 AAMS to send This is an IP facility to check for network functionality by sending an echo request to another IP host and waiting for the reply Route Set Command Syntax ras gt ip route set lt dst ip gt netmask lt gateway ip gt metric lt name gt 221 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 28 4 4 28 4 5 or ras gt ip route set default lt gateway ip gt lt metric gt where lt dst ip gt The destination IP address of packets that this static route is to route netmask The destination subnet mask of packets that this static route is to route lt gateway ip gt The IP address of the gateway that you want to send the packets through metric The metric hop count of this static route lt name gt Aname to identify this static route Up to 31 ASCII characters Spaces and tabs are not allowed default Use this to configure the MSAP2000 AAMS s default route This command defines a new static IP forwarding
4. Make sure the computer behind the DSL device has the correct gateway IP address configured Check the VLAN configuration refer to the chapter on VLAN Check the cable and connections between the MSAP2000 AAMS and the local server Try to access another local server If data can be transmitted to a different local server the local server that could not be accessed may have a problem 243 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 32 6 Data Rate The SYNC rate is not the same as the configured rate Table 74 SYNC rate Troubleshooting STEPS CORRECTIVE ACTION 1 Connect the ADSL modem or router directly to the ADSL port using a different telephone wire If the rates match the quality of the telephone wiring that connects the subscriber to the ADSL port may be limiting the speed to a certain rate If they do not match when a good wire is used contact the distributor 32 7 Configured Settings The configured settings do not take effect Table 75 Configured Settings Troubleshooting CORRECTIVE ACTION Use the Config Save button or command after you finish configuring to save the AAMS s settings 32 8 Password If you forget your password you will need to use the console port to reload the factory default configuration file see Section 33 13 1 on page 275 32 9 SNMP The SNMP manager server cannot get information from the MSAP2000 AAMS Table 76 SNMP Serve
5. This field shows the number of frames received and transmitted including bad frames that were 65 to 127 octets in length this includes FCS octets but excludes framing bits 44 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 7 Ethernet Port Statistics continued LABEL DESCRIPTION packet 128 255 This field shows the number of frames received and transmitted including bad frames that were 128 to 255 octets in length this includes FCS octets but excludes framing bits packet 256 511 This field shows the number of frames received and transmitted including bad frames that were 256 to 511 octets in length this includes FCS octets but excludes framing bits packet 512 1023 This field shows the number of frames received and transmitted including bad frames that were 512 to 1023 octets in length this includes FCS octets but excludes framing bits packet 1024 1518 This field shows the number of frames received and transmitted including bad frames that were 1024 to 1518 octets in length this includes FCS octets but excludes framing bits packet 1522 This field shows the number of frames received and transmitted including bad frames that were 1519 to 1522 octets in length this includes FCS octets but excludes framing bits packet total This field shows the total number of received and transmitted packets broadcast total multicast total This field
6. 21 2 Log Format The common format of the system logs is lt item no gt lt time gt lt process gt lt type gt lt log message gt Table 53 Log Format LABEL DESCRIPTION lt item no gt This is the index number of the log entry lt time gt This is the time and date when the log was created lt process gt This is the process that created the log lt type gt This identifies what kind of log it is INFO identifies an information log WARN identifies a warning log lt log message gt This is the log s detailed information see Table 54 on page 159 130 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 21 2 1 Log Messages The following table lists and describes the system log messages Table 54 Log Messages LOG MESSAGE TYPE DESCRIPTION ADSL lt port gt Link INFO An ADSL port established a connection Up SN lt seq no gt lt port gt port number ta lt seq no gt sequence number of the connection i lt ds rate gt downstream rate ADSL Link Inf lt us rate gt upstream rate ink Info i lt gt z NM lt ds NM gt lt us us NM upstream noise margin NM gt lt ds NM gt downstream noise margin ADSL lt port gt Link WARN An ADSL port lost its connection Down SN lt seq no gt lt port gt port number Session Begin INFO A console telnet or FTP session has begun see the lt process gt field for the type of session Session End INFO A console te
7. The General Setup screen allows you to configure general MSAP2000 AAMS identification information It also allows you to set the system time manually or get the current time and date from an external server when you turn on your MSAP2000 AAMS The real time is then displayed in the MSAP2000 AAMS logs The Switch Setup screen allows you to set up and configure global switch features The IP Setup screen allows you to configure a MSAP2000 AAMS IP address subnet mask and DNS domain name server for management purposes The ENET Port Setup screen allows you to configure settings for the Ethernet ports See Chapter 8 on page 83 for how to use the xDSL Port Setup screens to configure the ADSL ports 6 2 System Information In the navigation panel click Basic Setting and then System Information to display the screen as shown You can check the firmware version number and monitor the hardware status in this screen 48 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 23 System Information E System info System Name ZyNOS FW Version DSP FAV Version Hardware Version Serial Number Ethernet Address Hardware Monitor IV Enable Temperature Unit C X 37 55 e7 55 37 55 Poll Interval s ao Set Interval Stop ZyNOS V3 50 ABA 0 b6 05 18 2005 6 02 0005 00 13 49 ad ea d7 Temperature C Current MAX MIN Average Threshold Low Threshold Hi Status 1 31 31 28 28 55 97 Normal 2 37 37 29 34 55 97 Norma
8. LABEL DESCRIPTION Static VLAN Click Static VLAN Setting to configure ports to dynamically join a VLAN group or Setting permanently assign ports to a VLAN group or prohibit ports from joining a VLAN group VLAN Port Click VLAN Port Setting to specify Port VLAN IDs PVIDs Setting The Number Of This is the number of VLANs configured on the MSAP2000 AAMS VLAN Page X of X This identifies which page of VLAN status information is displayed and how many total pages of VLAN status information there are The first table displays the names of the fields The subsequent tables show the settings of the VLANs Index This is the VLAN index number Status This field shows how this VLAN was added to the MSAP2000 AAMS dynamically using GVRP or statically that is added as a permanent entry Name VID The name identifies an individual VLAN The vid is the PVID the Port VLAN ID assigned to untagged frames or priority tagged frames received on this port 1 12 enet1 These columns display the VLAN s settings for each port A tagged port is marked lenet2 as T an untagged port is marked as U and ports not participating ina VLAN are marked as Elapsed Time This field shows how long it has been since a normal VLAN was registered or a static VLAN was set up Poll Interval s The text box displays how often in seconds this screen refreshes You may change the refresh interval by typing a new number in the text
9. 27 4 1 27 4 2 27 4 3 27 5 DHCP Relay Option 82 Agent Information ooorovonrrrnvervrnrnvevvrrenseversenseverseneversenesener 27 5 1 27 5 2 27 5 3 27 6 IEEE 802 1Q Tagged VLAN Overview sorosrorrrovrrvrvrsrsvervserssnvsrnvervsrrsrnvernsersenssrsservsessensenns 27 7 Filtering RR RE 27 7 1 27 7 2 27 8 IEEE VLAN1Q Tagged VLAN Configuration Commands ccccsecseesseeseeseeseeeeneeeens 27 8 1 27 8 2 27 8 3 27 8 4 27 8 5 27 8 6 27 8 7 27 8 8 27 8 9 27 8 10 VLAN CPU Set Command upon det 27 8 11 Configuring Management VLAN Example oonrrrrorvrvvorvrrvrvvrvvrrersvrrernrvernnnernenn 27 8 12 VLAN GE REESE aeini 27 8 13 VLAN Delete Command ccc ccccecececssescecscececsssvavscevscssssvasscessenaees IGMP Filter Set Command 0 ccccccccccccecccocccoceccccscecscececeesceeccesccesscesscesecnsecnseeaeees IGMP Filter Profile Set Command sosrrsrsrsrsrrrnssrvrvrnrsrsesessssersrrrerrresevesesen IGMP Filter Profile Delete Command 0 0 cece ccceeccecceccecccecsscceeesccecsescesseeeaees IGMP Filter Profile Show Command c ccc ccceeccesseccecceccescecceeccaceeccevesceaseeceaseeee 197 DHCP Relay Server Set Command ccecceecseesesseeeeeseesneeeneeeeseenes DHCP Relay Enable Coormnnvncar nh iiss csssscsscssnsisnasssasnsaiadensnasssssenabovansessisansshavianse svine DHCP Relay Disable Commandi Lunuqssmememersesisimrurisinsersiniiv
10. Show Port Select the number of an ADSL port for which to display VC settings or display all of them Index This field displays the number of the PVC Click a PVC s index number to use the top of the screen to edit the PVC Note At the time of writing you can only edit the VC profile If you want to change other settings add a new PVC with the desired settings Then you can delete any unwanted PVCs Port This field displays the number of the ADSL port on which the PVC is configured VPI VC This field displays the Virtual Path Identifier VPI and Virtual Circuit Identifier VCI The VPI and VCI identify a channel on this port Click a link in the VPI VCI column to open a screen where you can edit the VPI VCI settings VC Profile This shows which VC profile the channel is set to use PVID This is the PVID Port VLAN ID assigned to untagged frames or priority frames 0 VID received on this channel An asterisk denotes a super channel Priority This is the priority value 0 to 7 added to incoming frames without a IEEE 802 1p priority tag An asterisk denotes a super channel 65 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 17 VC Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Delete Do the following to remove one or more PVCs 1 Select a PVC s Select radio button 2 Click Delete 3 Click OK if you want to remove the PVC from other ports Click Cancel to only remove the one you selected
11. displays the number in hexadecimal format of bits received per DMT tone for the upstream channel from the subscriber s DSL modem or router to the MSAP2000 AAMS 83 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER8 VLAN This chapter shows you how to configure 802 1Q tagged VLANs 8 1 Introduction to VLANs A VLAN Virtual Local Area Network allows a physical network to be partitioned into multiple logical networks Devices on a logical network belong to one group A device can belong to more than one group With VLAN a device cannot directly talk to or hear from devices that are not in the same group s the traffic must first go through a router In MTU Multi Tenant Unit applications VLAN is vital in providing isolation and security among the subscribers When properly configured VLAN prevents one subscriber from accessing the network resources of another on the same LAN thus a user will not see the printers and hard disks of another user in the same building If you have enabled port isolation in the Switch Setup screen you do not need to configure the VLAN to isolate subscribers VLAN also increases network performance by limiting broadcasts to a smaller and more manageable logical broadcast domain In traditional switched environments all broadcast packets go to each and every individual port With VLAN all broadcasts are confined to a specific broadcast domain Note that a VLAN is unidirectional it only governs
12. 7 5 Configured Versus Actual Rate You configure the maximum rate of an individual ADSL port by modifying its profile or assigning a different profile to the port However due to noise and other factors on the line the actual rate may not reach the maximum that you specify Even though you can specify arbitrary numbers for a profile the actual rate is always a multiple of 32 Kbps If you enter a rate that is not a multiple of 32 Kbps the actual rate will be the next lower multiple of 32Kbps For instance if you specify 60 Kbps for a port the actual rate for that port will not exceed 32 Kbps and if you specify 66 Kbps the actual rate will not be over 64Kbps Regardless of a profile s configured upstream and downstream rates the MSAP2000 AAMS automatically limits the actual rates for each individual port to the maximum speeds supported by the port s ADSL operational mode For example if you configure a profile with a maximum downstream rate of 25000 Kbps and apply it to a port set to use Gdmt the MSAP2000 AAMS automatically uses a maximum downstream rate of 8160 Kbps This means that if you configure a profile with very high rates you can still use it with any port See Table 14 on page 83 for a list of the maximum rates supported by the different ADSL standards 58 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 7 6 Default Settings The default profile always exists and all of the ADSL ports use the default profile settings when the MSAP2
13. The factory default negotiation settings for the Ethernet ports on the MSAP2000 AAMS are e Speed Auto e Duplex Auto Flow control on 2 1 4 Notes About MDFs Main Distribution Frames An MDF is usually installed between end users equipment and the telephone company CO in a basement or telephone room The MDF is the point of termination for the outside telephone company lines coming into a building and the telephone lines in the building 27 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 2 1 5 Hardware specification MSAP2000 AAMS Specification Hardware Interface Standard Output Port Network Management Input Power Power Consumption Environment Dimension Weight EMI ESD Microprocessor Flash ROM RAM Input Port Number Line Code Nominal Test Impedance Output Port Number ADSL type Switch Capacity VLAN Filtering In band MIB Out of band Operation Temperature amp Humidity Storage Temperature amp Humidity Height Width Depth 28 WINBOND W90N740 Wintergra WIN717D4HBC Flash EPROM 1MB 4MB SDRAM 2MB 32MB 2 ports Ethernet 75Q balance 12 port ITU T G 992 1 G992 2 G 992 3 G 992 4 G 992 4 Up to 16k MAC address MAC address filtering 802 1p Priority Preservation Spanning tree protocol Port based VLAN Tag untag VLAN per 802 1q Support GVRP for uplink PPPoE DHCP NetBIOS MAC Multicast Packet IGMP IP ARP filter SNMP vi v2 Web based managem
14. The maximum voltage limit at a sensor You can specify a voltage with up to three digits after a decimal point 0 941 for example The minimum voltage limit at a sensor You can specify a voltage with up to three digits after a decimal point 0 941 for example This command sets the maximum and minimum voltage at a voltage sensor The following example sets the highest 1 242 and the lowest 1 035 voltage limit at the first sensor Figure 89 Monitor Vlimit Command Example ras gt sys monitor vlimit 1 1 242 1 035 25 2 22 Monitor Tlimit Command Syntax ras gt sys monitor tlimit lt idx gt lt high gt lt low gt where lt idx gt lt high gt lt low gt The index number of the temperature sensor that can detect and report the temperature The maximum temperature limit at a sensor You can specify a temperature with up to three digits after a decimal point 50 025 for example The minimum voltage limit at a sensor You can specify a temperature with up to three digits after a decimal point 50 025 for example The following example sets the highest 97 0 and the lowest 55 0 temperature limit at the first sensor 166 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 90 Monitor Tlimit Command Example ras gt sys monitor tlimit 1 97 0 55 0 167 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 26 ADSL Commands This chapter describes some of the ADSL commands that a
15. index dest gateway metric name 1 172 23 15 0 24 172 23 15 200 1 2 default 172 23 15 254 1 236 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 31 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance This chapter tells you how to upload a new firmware and or configuration file for the MSAP2000 AAMS 31 1 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance Overview The MSAP2000 AAMS s built in FTP server allows you to use any FTP client for example ftp exe in Windows to upgrade MSAP2000 AAMS or MSAP2000 AAMS firmware or configuration files The firmware or configuration file upgrade is done during operation run time Note Do not interrupt the file transfer process as it may permanently damage your MSAP2000 AAMS Note The MSAP2000 AAMS automatically restarts when the upgrade process is complete 31 2 Filename Conventions The configuration file called config 0 contains the factory default settings in the menus such as password IP address VLANs and so on It arrives from ZyXEL with a dat filename extension ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System sometimes referred to as the ras file is the system firmware and has a bin filename extension The configuration file has a rom filename extension With many FTP and clients the filenames are similar to those shown next ftp gt put firmware bin ras This is a sample from a FTP session to transfer the computer file firmware bin to the MSAP2000 AAMS ftp
16. s Guide Table 31 Packet Filter continued LABEL DESCRIPTION PPPoE Only Select this check box to allow only PPPoE traffic This will gray out the check boxes for other packet types and the MSAP2000 AAMS will drop any non PPPoE packets PPPoE Pass Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet relies on PPP and Ethernet It is a specification through for connecting the users on an Ethernet to the Internet through a common broadband medium such as a single DSL line wireless device or cable modem IP Pass through Internet Protocol The underlying protocol for routing packets on the Internet and other TCP IP based networks ARP Pass through Address Resolution Protocol is a protocol for mapping an Internet Protocol address IP address to a physical computer address that is recognized in the local network NetBios Pass NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP packets that enable through a computer to find other computers DHCP Pass Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol automatically assigns IP addresses to clients through when they log on DHCP centralizes IP address management on central computers that run the DHCP server program DHCP leases addresses for a period of time which means that past addresses are recycled and made available for future reassignment to other systems EAPOL Pass EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol RFC 2486 over LAN EAP is used with through IEEE 80
17. switch dhcprelay enable This command turns on the DHCP relay feature DHCP Relay Disable Command Syntax switch dhcprelay disable This command turns off the DHCP relay feature DHCP Relay Show Command Syntax switch dhcprelay show This command displays whether or not the DHCP relay feature is activated the DHCP server s IP address the status of the DHCP relay agent info option 82 feature and the information configured for it Figure 112 DHCP Relay Show Command Example ras gt switch dhcprelay show status server ip option82 info 27 5 DHCP Relay Option 82 Agent Information 27 5 1 Use the following commands to configure the DHCP relay Option 82 agent information feature Option 82 Enable Command Syntax switch dhcprelay option82 enable This command turns on the DHCP relay agent information Option 82 feature 199 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 27 5 2 Option 82 Disable Command Syntax switch dhcprelay option82 disable This command turns off the DHCP relay agent information Option 82 feature 27 5 3 Option 82 Set Command Syntax switch dhcprelay option82 set lt relay info gt where lt relay info gt Up to 23 ASCII characters of additional information for the MSAP2000 AAMS to add to the DHCP client TCP IP configuration requests that it relays to a DHCP server Examples of information you could add would be the name of the MSAP2000 AAMS or the ISP This comm
18. Delay ms number of milliseconds 1 255 of interleave delay to use for upstream transfers It is recommended that you configure the same latency delay for both upstream and downstream Max SNR db Type the maximum downstream signal to noise margin 0 31 dB Min SNR db Type the minimum downstream signal to noise margin 0 31 dB Configure the minimum downstream signal to noise margin to be less than or equal to the maximum downstream signal to noise margin Target SNR Type the target downstream signal to noise margin 0 31 dB Configure the target db downstream signal to noise margin to be greater than or equal to the minimum downstream signal to noise margin and less than or equal to the maximum downstream signal to noise margin Click Add to save your changes to the AAM s volatile memory The AAM loses Add these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to start configuring the screen again 69 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 7 11 7 12 7 12 1 7 12 1 1 7 12 1 2 ATM QoS ATM Quality of Service QoS mechanisms provide the best service on a per flow guarantee ATM network infrastructure was designed to provide QoS It uses fixed cell sizes and built in traffic management see the following section on traffic shaping This allows you to fine tune the levels of
19. MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 39 Port Security LABEL DESCRIPTION Port This field displays a port number Enable Select this check box to restrict the number of MAC addresses that can be learned on the port Clear this check box to not limit the number of MAC addresses that can be learned on the port Limited Number Specify how many MAC addresses the AAM can learn on this port The range is of Learned MAC 1 1024 Address Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 111 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 16 1 16 1 1 16 2 CHAPTER 16 DHCP Relay This chapter shows you how to set up DHCP relay DHCP Relay Overview DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol RFC 2131 and RFC 2132 allows individual clients to obtain TCP IP configuration at start up from a DHCP server You can configure the MSAP2000 AAMS to relay client TCP IP configuration requests to a DHCP server and the server s responses back to the clients DHCP Relay Agent Information The switch can add information to client TCP IP configuration requests that it
20. Previous Page Next Page The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 57 ARP Table LABEL DESCRIPTION Flush Click Flush to remove all of the entries from the ARP table Total X ARP This displays the number of entries in the ARP table Entries Page X of X This identifies which page of information is displayed and the total number of pages of information Index This is the ARP table entry number IP Address This is the learned IP address of a device connected to an MSAP2000 AAMS port MAC Address This is the MAC address of the device with the listed IP address Previous Next Click one of these buttons to show the preceding following screen if the information Page cannot be displayed in one screen 138 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 24 Commands Overview This chapter introduces the command line interface and lists the available commands 24 1 Command Line Interface Note See the web configurator parts of this User s Guide for background information on features configurable by web configurator Log in MSAP2000 via console port Go to Configuration Digital Module Setting MSAP2000 AAMS and select item 5 MSAP2000 AAMS Console At the bottom of the menu system will request a slot location for the MSAP2000 AAMS Give the slot location of the MSAP2000 AAMS and press y or yes to enter MSAP2000 AAMS console Here s a MSAP2000 menu sample C
21. Sets the name of a port s tel lt portlist gt Records an ADSL port s lt tel gt subscriber s telephone number loopback lt portlist gt lt f5 gt lt vpi gt Performs an OAMF5 loopback test lt vci gt veprofile See Section 27 4 on page 212 for how to configure virtual channel profiles show vcprofile Shows a virtual channel profile s contents set lt vcprofile gt Creates a UBR or CBR virtual lt velllc gt channel profile with lt ubr cbr gt lt pcr gt encapsulation lt cdvt gt set lt vcprofile gt Creates a VBR virtual channel profile lt velllc gt with encapsulation lt vbr rt vbr nrt vbr gt lt pcr gt lt cdvt gt lt scr gt lt bt gt delete lt vcprofile gt Removes a virtual channel profile pvc See Section 27 5 on page 214 for how to configure Permanent Virtual Circuits show lt portlist gt Displays PVC settings lt vpi gt lt vci gt set lt portlist gt Creates or modifies a PVC setting lt vpi gt lt vci gt lt super vid 1 4094 lt priority gt gt lt vcprofile gt delete lt portlist gt Removes a PVC setting lt vpi gt lt vci gt showall nopause Displays all ADSL configuration linediag 169 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 60 ADSL Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION setld lt port number gt Sets the specified port to line diagnostic mode getld lt port number gt Displays the specifie
22. lt gt a list of ports lt 1 3 enet1 gt you can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 enet1 e net2 gt 204 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide lt F lt T U gt The lt F gt stands for a fixed registrar administration control flag and registers a lt port gt to the static VLAN table with lt vid gt For a fixed port you also have to specify lt T U gt the tag control flag lt T gt has the device add an IEEE 802 1Q tag to frames going out through this port s lt U gt has the device send frames out through this port s without an IEEE 802 1Q tag You cannot change a port from the fixed state to another state if the port s PVID is set to this VLAN The VLAN must have at least one port set to the fixed status if the VLAN is the CPU management VLAN X N gt This is the registrar administration control flag lt X gt stands for forbidden and blocks a lt port gt from joining the static VLAN table with lt vid gt lt N gt stands for normal and confirms registration of the lt port gt to the static VLAN table with lt vid gt name A name to identify the SVLAN entry This command adds or modifies an entry in the static VLAN table Use the switch vlan show command to display your configuration An example of a configuration is shown next 27 8 7 1 Modify a Static VLAN Table Example The following is an example of how to modify a static VLAN table Figure 119 Modifying the Sta
23. oornsrosrnsrssvnsrssensrssensrnsensrssensrssensrnsensrnsensrnsensrnsener 27 13 2 Packet Filter Set COmimand ccccscecssessssesssseessseessecesneesssecsscesnecenseceneesneeeneeees GHAPTE R23 UP Commands asin css sesisssiters is orieripss ies nionrnnainioe 26 1 IP Commands InirOducnon sissien oa A AL 28 2 IP Settings and Default Gateway 0 eccccecsssssssecesneessesssneeseeessueeesneesseessneeesneesseeeeneeesnss 28 3 IP Commands SUmMMArY isnuocionisr irrena A EENE 284 General IP Crm dsLuuwqkuounenanenmmebenainbinnariedniittjijvvk RE RR N NE 20 42 Ping Command OSE NRS 28 4 3 Route Set Command wsorsrvsrvrrsrvrrversrnsrversrnsnversnn 28 4 4 Route Delete Command cisscssaisssassnscsassassadassncessarsninisasinscesassndavedssuntonsosninbuassnndonasdone 28 4 5 Route Show Command orrsrsrorrnrsnnernnsennerensennerensennerenteneerensennerenteneerenseneerenseneerensener 28 4 6 ARP Show Commangd c cccccccccccssssssssesecececeececccscscscecscscecscsssscssvstaratecececececescetsesee 28 4 7 ARP Flush Command c c cccccccececscccccccccecscsecececsesvsesesescscececececevsveececevsravavensesneeecace CHAP TER29 Statistics Command cccccccccccccccccscccscscscscsesescscsesesesessseassusenstenseensees sn 29 2 Statistics Monitor Command oosvorvrenrvrnvrerrvnnvrenrvnsvrrnrvesvrrnrvesersnrveserseeveserseeveseeseeveseeseeveseene 29 3 Statistics Port Command juhmqmemummamminemendvakoe hite
24. s Leave Timer 190 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 61 Switch Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION leaveall lt leaveall msec gt Sets the GARP timer s Leave All Timer rstp Rapid STP commands refer to IEEE 802 1w show Displays the RSTP settings enable Turns on RSTP disable Turns off RSTP priority lt priority gt Sets the system s priority hellotime lt hellotime sec gt Sets the hello timer maxage lt maxage sec gt Sets the max age timer fwdelay lt fwdelay sec gt Sets the forward delay time port show Displays the Ethernet ports RSTP settings enable Enables RSTP on a port lt enet1 enet2 gt disable Disables RSTP on a port lt portlist gt priority Sets the specified port s priority lt portlist gt lt priority gt pathcost Sets the specified port s path cost lt portlist gt lt pathcost gt dhcprelay show Displays DHCP relay settings enable Turns on DHCP relay disable Turns off DHCP relay server lt server ip gt Sets a DHCP relay server IP address entry option82 enable Turns on the DHCP relay agent inf ormation Option 82 feature disable Turns off the DHCP relay agent information Option 82 feature Adds the specified information for set lt relay info gt the relay agent vlan See Section 28 8 on page 228 for how to configure Virtual LAN show lt vlanlist gt Displays VLAN settings po
25. switch igmpfilter show portlist where portlist You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or alist of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt This command displays which IGMP filter profile an ADSL port s is using The following example displays which IGMP filter profile ADSL port 9 is using Figure 107 IGMP Filter Show Command Example ras gt switch igmpfilter show 9 port profile 9 DEFVAL IGMP Filter Set Command Syntax switch igmpfilter set lt port gt lt name gt 195 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide where lt port gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt or all ADSL ports lt gt lt name gt The name of an IGMP filter profile This command sets an ADSL port s to use an IGMP filter profile The following example sets ADSL port 9 to use the voice IGMP filter profile Figure 108 IGMP Filter Set Command Example ras gt switch igmpfilter set 9 voice 27 2 3 IGMP Filter Profile Set Command Syntax switch igmpfilter profile set lt name gt lt index gt lt startip gt lt endip gt where lt name gt Specify a name to identify the IGMP filter profile you cannot change the name of the DEFVAL profile You can use up to 31 ASCII characters spaces are not allowed lt index gt The number 1 16 to identify a multicast IP address range lt startip gt Type the starting m
26. using for a connection 100copper or 10copper displays when the port is disabled or not connected Duplex This field displays whether the port is using half or full duplex communication displays when the port is disabled or not connected Up Time This field shows the total amount of time in hours minutes and seconds the port s connection has been up displays when the port is disabled or not connected The following fields are related to the ADSL ports xDSL This identifies the ADSL port Click a port number to display the ADSL Port Statistics screen refer to Section 6 2 2 on page 67 Status This field shows whether the port is connected Up or not Down Mode This field shows which ADSL operational mode the port is set to use displays when the port is not connected Up Down stream This field shows the number of kilobytes per second that a port is set to transmit and receive Interleave Fast This field shows the port s ADSL latency mode fast or interleave Up Time This field shows the total amount of time in hours minutes and seconds the port s connection has been up displays when the port is not connected The following fields and buttons apply to the whole screen Poll Interval s The text box displays how often in seconds this screen refreshes You may change the refresh interval by typing a new number in the text box and then cl
27. 0 ENET1 _ select an None ENET2 7 a At the time of writing GVRP is available on the Ethernet ports b At the time of writing the VLAN Acceptable Frame Type field is read only for the Ethernet ports The MSAP2000 AAMS accepts both tagged and untagged incoming frames on the Ethernet ports 118 91 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 9 IGMP Snooping This chapter describes the IGMP Snooping screen 9 1 IGMP Snooping IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a session layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group it is not used to carry user data Refer to RFC 1112 and RFC 2236 for information on IGMP versions 1 and 2 respectively A switch can passively snoop on IGMP Query Report and Leave IGMP version 2 packets transferred between IP multicast routers switches and IP multicast hosts to learn the IP multicast group membership It checks IGMP packets passing through it picks out the group registration information and configures multicasting accordingly IGMP snooping allows the switch to learn multicast groups without you having to manually configure them The switch forwards multicast traffic destined for multicast groups that it has learned from IGMP snooping or that you have manually configured to ports that are members of that group The switch discards multicast traffic destined for multicast groups that it does not know IGMP snooping generates no additional network tra
28. 0 lols 0 Iprs 0 eSs 0 3 inits 0 sesl 0 0 uasl 0 0 History 15 Min PM 1 ATUC ATUR lofs 0 0 loss 0 0 lols 0 Iprs 0 eSs 0 40 inits 0 sesl 0 0 uasl 0 0 History 15 Min PM 2 ATUC ATUR lofs 7 7 loss 28 18 lols 18 Iprs 0 eSs 28 58 inits 1 sesl 28 25 uasl 18 18 The following table explains these counters Table 65 ADSL 15 Minute Performance Counters LABEL DESCRIPTION atuc Upstream These statistics are for the connection or traffic coming from the subscriber s device to the MSAP2000 AAMS atur Downstream These statistics are for the connection or traffic going from AAMS to the subscriber s device lofs The number of Loss Of Frame Seconds that have occurred within the 15 minute period loss The number of Loss Of Signal Seconds that have occurred within the 15 minute period lols The number of Loss Of Link Seconds that have occurred within the 15 minute period lprs The Number of times a Loss of PoweR on the ATUR has occurred within the 15 minute period eSs The number of Errored SecondS that have occurred within the 15 minute period inits The number of initialization failure traps that have occurred within the 15 minute period 232 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 29 4 6 Table 65 ADSL 15 Minute Performance Counters LABEL DESCRIPTION sesl
29. 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt This command displays the MAC filtering status V for enabled for disabled and the fixed source MAC addresses on the specified ADSL port s or on all ADSL ports if no port is specified 210 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 27 11 2 27 11 3 The following example displays the MAC filtering status and the fixed source MAC addresses on ADSL port 5 Figure 126 MAC Filter Show Command Example ras gt switch mac filter show 5 status V only listed MACs can pass through this port status every MAC can pass this port port status 5 V 00 00 00 00 00 29 00 00 00 00 00 2a 00 00 00 00 00 2b 00 00 00 00 00 2c 00 00 00 00 00 2d 00 00 00 00 00 2e 00 00 00 00 00 2f 00 00 00 00 00 30 00 00 00 00 00 31 00 00 00 00 00 32 MAC Filter Enable Command Syntax switch mac filter enable lt portlist gt where lt portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or alist of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt This command turns on the MAC filtering feature on the specified ADSL port s or on all ADSL ports if no port is specified The following example turns on the MAC filtering feature on ADSL port 5 Figure 127 MAC Filter Enable Command Example ras gt switch mac filter enable 5 MAC Filter Disable Command Syntax switch mac filter disable lt p
30. 8 separate traffic types by inserting a tag into a MAC layer frame that contains bits to define class of service Frames without an explicit priority tag are given the default priority of the ingress port Use the next two fields to configure the priority level to physical queue mapping The switch has 4 physical queues that you can map to the 8 priority levels On the switch traffic assigned to higher index queues gets through faster while traffic in lower index queues is dropped if the network is congested See also Queuing Method and Priority in Port Setup for related information Priority Level The following descriptions are based on the traffic types defined in the IEEE 802 1d standard which incorporates IEEE 802 1p Level 7 Typically used for network control traffic such as router configuration messages Level 6 Typically used for voice traffic that is especially sensitive to jitter jitter is the variations in delay Level 5 Typically used for video that consumes high bandwidth and is sensitive to jitter Level 4 Typically used for controlled load latency sensitive traffic such as SNA Systems Network Architecture transactions Level 3 Typically used for excellent effort or better than best effort and would include important business traffic that can tolerate some delay Level 2 This is for spare bandwidth Level 1 This is typically used for non critical background traffic su
31. AAM from the specified ICMP trusted computers Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 122 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 19 Routing Protocol This chapter shows you how to configure the static routing function 19 1 Static Route Static routes tell the MSAP2000 AAMS how to forward the MSAP2000 AAMS s own IP traffic when you configure the TCP IP parameters manually This is generally useful for allowing management of the switch from a device with an IP address on a different subnet from that of the switch s IP address remote management Click Routing Protocol in the navigation panel and then Static Routing to display the screen as shown Figure 61 Static Routing DST Name eT Destination IP Address me IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address m Metric a15 Add Cancel Page 1of 1 Previous Page Next Page Destination Gateway Index Name Subnet Mask Metric Delete Address Address Default 192 168 1 254 1 1 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 192 168 1 1 1 The following table describes the related labels you use to create a static route Table 50 Static Routing LABEL D
32. Creates a UBR or CBR virtual lt vellc gt channel profile with lt ubr cbr gt lt pcr gt encapsulation lt cdvt gt set lt vcprofile gt Creates a VBR virtual channel profile lt velllc gt with encapsulation lt vbr rt vbr nrt vbr gt lt pcr gt lt cdvt gt lt scr gt lt bt gt delete lt vcprofile gt 144 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 58 Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION pvc See Section 27 5 on page 214 for how to configure Permanent Virtual Circuits show lt portlist gt Displays PVC settings lt vpi gt lt vci gt set lt portlist gt Creates or modifies a PVC lt vpi gt lt vci gt setting lt super vid 1 4094 lt priority gt gt lt vcprofile gt delete lt portlist gt Removes a PVC setting lt vpi gt lt vci gt showall nopause Displays all ADSL configuration linediag setld lt port number gt Sets the specified port to line diagnostic mode getld lt port number gt Displays the specified port line diagnostics alarmprofi le See Section 27 3 13 on page 208 for how to configure alarm profiles show profile Displays alarm profiles and their settings 145 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 58 Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION set lt profile gt Configures an alarm profile lt atuc lofs gt lt atur lofs gt lt atuc loss gt lt atur los
33. LABEL DESCRIPTION nfebe The Number of Far End Block Errors nerc Near end Cyclic Redundancy Checks nfecc The Far End Corrected blocks nfec The Near End Corrected blocks nblks The Number of Blocks transmitted init The number of link ups and link downs n es The Number of Errored Seconds This is how many seconds contained at least one errored block or at least one defect n ses The Number of Severely Errored Seconds This is how many seconds contained 30 or more errored blocks or at least one defect This is a subset of n es n uas The Number of Unavailable Seconds n lpr The Number of times a Loss of PoweR on the ATUR has occurred 29 4 5 ADSL 15 Minute Performance Command Syntax statistics adsl 15mperf lt portlist gt count lt 0 96 gt where lt portlist gt count lt 0 96 gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or a list of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt Specify for which 15 minute interval 0 96 you want to display performance statistics 0 is the current 15 minutes This command displays line performance statistics for the current and previous 15 minute periods An example is shown next 231 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 146 ADSL 15 Minute Performance Command Example ras gt st ad 15mperf 1 Port 1 Current 15 Min elapsed time 135 sec Link Up Current 15 ATUC ATUR lofs 0 0 loss 0
34. Leave Time must be two times larger than Join Timer the default is 600 milliseconds This command sets the MSAP2000 AAMS s leave period timer for GVRP in milliseconds Switches join VLANs by making a declaration Declarations are withdrawn by issuing a Leave message GARP timers set declaration timeout values The following example sets the Leave Timer to 800 milliseconds Figure 115 GARP Timer Leave Command Example ras gt switch garptimer leave 800 GARP Timer Leaveall Command Syntax ras gt switch garptimer leaveall lt leaveall msec gt 202 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 27 8 5 where lt leaveall msec gt This sets the duration of the Leave All Period timer for GVRP in milliseconds Each port has a single Leave All Period timer Leave All Timer must be larger than Leave Timer the default is 10000 milliseconds This command sets the MSAP2000 AAMS s leave all period timer for GVRP in milliseconds Switches join VLANs by making a declaration A declaration is made by issuing a Join message using GARP A Leave All message terminates all registrations GARP timers set declaration timeout values The following example sets the Leave All Timer to 11000 milliseconds Figure 116 GARP Timer Leaveall Command Example ras gt switch garptimer leaveall 11000 VLAN Port Show Command Syntax switch vlan portshow portlist where portlist You can specify a single port lt
35. Microsoft Internet Explorer x 2 Do you want to delete this channel in other ports too G Cancel 4 Ifyou clicked OK the following screen appears 5 Select to which ports you want to copy the settings Use All to select every port Use None to clear all of the check boxes 6 Click Apply to delete the channels web Configurator Microsoft Please select ports and click apply button O I 2 LT GT RI 1 9 MMMM PV P P VP VW 10 12 V M NW select None 66 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 17 VC Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Copy Paste Do the following to copy settings from one PVC to another port or ports 1 Click the Select radio button of the PVC from which you want to copy settings 2 Click Paste 3 The following screen appears 4 Select to which ports you want to copy the settings Use All to select every port Use None to clear all of the check boxes 5 Click Apply to copy the settings Web Configurator Microsoft Inter JO x Please select ports and click apply button 0 is R 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 9 VM MW WB NW VW VW VW 10 22 V VW NW select None 7 10 Port Profile Screen A profile is a list of settings that you define Then you can assign them to one or more individual ports Click Basic Setting and then xDSL Profiles Setup in the navigation panel to open the following screen 67 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 31 Port Profi
36. Port Statistics screens 5 1 Home and Port Statistics Screens Overview The Home screen of the web configurator displays a port statistical summary with links to each port for showing statistical details 5 2 Home Screen To view the port statistics click Home in any web configurator screen to display the Home screen as shown next Figure 20 Home C Home System Up Time O days 0 25 01 ENET Status Port Name Media Duplex 1 Up enet1 100copper full duplex 2 Up enet2 100copper full duplex xDSL Status Mode Up Down stream Interleave Fast a Up adsl2 510 2045 Interleave 2 Down 3 Down l 4 Down f 5 Down f 6 Down f ia Down l 8 Down g Down f 10 Down l 11 Down 12 Down l Poll Interval s 40 Set Interval Stop Port 1 7 Clear Counter Up Time 0 25 0 0 25 0 Up Time 0 24 28 41 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table6 Home LABEL DESCRIPTION System up Time This field shows how long the system has been running since the last time it was started The following fields are related to the Ethernet ports ENET This field displays the number of the Ethernet port Click a port number to display that port s statistics screen refer to 9 2 1 Port Name This field displays the name of the Ethernet port Media This field displays the speed and the type of media that this Ethernet port is
37. Priority Command Syntax switch vian priority lt portlist gt lt priority gt where eee You can specify a single port lt 1 gt all ports lt gt a list of ports lt 1 3 enet1 gt you can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 enet1 e net2 gt lt priority gt This is the priority value 0 to 7 to use for incoming frames with an IEEE 802 1Q VLAN tag This command sets the priority of incoming frames with an IEEE 802 1Q VLAN tag The following example sets a priority of three for frames with an IEEE 802 1Q VLAN tag that come in on ADSL port 2 Figure 123 VLAN Priority Command Example ras gt switch vlan priority 2 3 VLAN Delete Command Syntax switch vlan delete lt vlanlist gt 208 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide where lt vlanlist gt You can specify a single VID lt 1 gt all VIDs lt gt a list of VIDs lt 1 3 gt you can also include a range of VIDs lt 1 5 6 10 gt You cannot delete a VLAN if any PVIDs are set to use the VLAN or the VLAN is the CPU management VLAN This command deletes the specified VLAN ID entry from the static VLAN table The following example deletes entry 2 in the static VLAN table Figure 124 VLAN Delete Command Example ras gt switch vlan delete 2 27 9 VLAN Enable Syntax switch vlan lt vid gt This command enables the specified VLAN ID in the SVLAN Static VLAN table 27 10 VLAN Disable Syntax switc
38. SPEED RECOMMENDED VALUE RECOMMENDED RANGE ALLOWED Path Cost ZIT 250 100 to 1000 1 to 65535 Path Cost 10Mbps 100 50 to 600 1 to 65535 Path Cost 16Mbps 62 40 to 400 1 to 65535 Path Cost 100Mbps 19 10 to 60 1 to 65535 Path Cost 1Gbps 4 3 to 10 1 to 65535 Path Cost 10Gbps 2 1to5 1 to 65535 On each bridge the root port is the port through which this bridge communicates with the root It is the port on this switch with the lowest path cost to the root the root path cost If there is no root port then this switch has been accepted as the root bridge of the spanning tree network For each LAN segment a designated bridge is selected This bridge has the lowest cost to the root among the bridges connected to the LAN 100 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide After a bridge determines the lowest cost spanning tree with RSTP it enables the root port and the ports that are the designated ports for the connected LANs and disables all other ports that participate in RSTP Network packets are therefore only forwarded between enabled ports eliminating any possible network loops Figure 45 STP Root Ports and Designated Ports Root Bridge esign ated Port for Bridge 2 Designated Port for Bridge 1 De sign aed Port esign e Designs ed Port for Bridges for Bridge 3 Bridge 3 Bridge 4 Bridge 5 RSTP aware devices exchange Bridge Protocol Data Units BPDUs periodically When the bridged LAN topology
39. STEPS CORRECTIVE ACTION Make sure the subscriber has a POTS splitter properly installed Check the ADSL line pin assignments shown in the pin assignments appendix Check the telephone wire connections between the subscriber and the MDF s 1 2 3 4 Check the telephone wire and connections between the MDF s and the USER lines of the Telco 50 connector Check the telephone wire and connections between the MDF s and the CO lines of the Telco 50 connector Check the connection from the MDF s to the telephone company or the PBX Check the telephone wire mapping on the MDF s Make sure the in house wiring works and is connected properly Repeat the steps above using a different ADSL port 242 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 72 Testing In house Wiring STEPS TEST A Connect a standard telephone to MDF 1 If there is no dial tone then a problem with the wire or wire connections between MDF 1 and the TELCO exists Contact your telephone company for troubleshooting Connect a telephone to the upper port of MDF 2 If there is no dial tone then the problem is between MDF 1 and MDF 2 Check the telephone wire and connections between MDFs 1 and 2 Disconnect the telephone wire from the CO pin Connect a telephone to the telephone wire If there is no dial tone then the problem is between your device and MDF 2 Check the telephone wire s pin assignments
40. Server Command Example ras gt sys syslog server 172 23 15 1 161 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 25 2 11 25 2 12 25 2 13 25 2 14 Syslog Enable Command Syntax sys syslog enable This command sets the MSAP2000 AAMS to send logs to an external syslog server An example is shown next Figure 80 Syslog Enable Command Example ras gt sys syslog enable Time Show Command Syntax sys time show This command displays the system s current time An example is shown next Figure 81 Time Show Command Example ras gt sys time show current time is 00 09 42 Time Set Command Syntax sys time set lt hh gt lt mm gt ss This command sets the system s time An example is shown next Figure 82 Time Set Command Example ras gt sys time set 17 34 20 Date Show Command Syntax sys date show 162 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 25 2 15 25 2 16 This command displays the system s current date An example is shown next Figure 83 Date Show Command Example ras gt sys date show current date is Thu 1970 01 01 Date Set Command Syntax sys date set lt yyyy gt lt mm gt lt dd gt This command sets the system s date An example is shown next Figure 84 Date Set Command Example ras gt sys date set 2005 04 28 Time Server Show Command Syntax sys timeserver show This command displays the sys
41. The number of Severely Errored Seconds that have occurred within the 15 minute period uasl The number of UnAvailable Seconds that have occurred within the 15 minute period These counters are also used in the alarm profiles see Section 27 3 13 on page 208 ADSL 1 Day Performance Command Syntax statistics adsl 1dayperf lt portlist gt where lt portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or a list of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt This command displays line performance statistics for the current and previous 24 hours An example is shown next 233 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 147 ADSL 1 Day Performance Command Example ras gt st ad 1dayperf 1 Port 1 current 1 day elapsed time 3819 sec Link Up Current 1 Day Perf ATUC ATUR lofs 7 7 loss 46 36 lols 18 Iprs 0 eSs 46 153 inits 2 sesl 46 43 uasl 36 36 Port 1 previous 1 day elapsed time 0 sec Previous 1 Day Perf ATUC ATUR lofs 0 0 loss 0 0 lols 0 Iprs 0 eSs 0 0 inits 0 sesl 0 0 uasl 0 0 See Table 65 on page 259 for details about these counters 29 5 Statistics IP Command Syntax ras gt statistics ip This command shows the statistics for the CPU IP traffic An example is shown next Figure 148 Statistics IP Command Example ras gt Statistics ip Ethernet inet 172 23 14 253 netmask 0
42. User s Guide Preface Congratulations on your purchase of the MSAP2000 AAMS This preface discusses the conventions of this User s Guide It also provides information on other related documentation Note Register your product online to receive e mail notices of firmware upgrades and information at www ZyXEL com for global products About This User s Guide This manual is designed to guide you through the installation and configuration of your MSAP2000 AAMS for its various applications Related Documentation e ZyXEL Web Site Please refer to www ZyXEL com for additional support documentation Syntax Conventions Enter means for you to type one or more characters Select or Choose means for you to use one of the predefined choices Command and arrow keys are enclosed in square brackets ENTER means the Enter or carriage return key ESC means the Escape key and SPACE BAR means the Space Bar e Mouse action sequences are denoted using a comma For example In Windows click Start Settings and then Control Panel means first click the Start button then point your mouse pointer to Settings and then click Control Panel e g is a shorthand for for instance and i e means that is or in other words e The MSAP2000 AAMS ADSL Access Module is referred to as the MSAP2000 AAMS module in this User s Guide MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Graphics Icon
43. a way for switches to register necessary VLAN members on ports across the network The MSAP2000 AAMS propagates VLAN information to other devices when this check box is selected Acceptable Frame Select All to have the port accept both tagged and untagged incoming frames Type Select Tag Only to have the port only accept incoming frames that have a VLAN tag Select Untag Only to have the port only accept incoming frames that do not have a VLAN tag Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring 90 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 28 VLAN Port Setting continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Copy port Do the following to copy settings from one port to another port or ports 1 Select the number of the port from which you want to copy settings 2 Click Paste and the following screen appears 3 Select to which ports you want to copy the settings Use All to select every port Use None to clear all of the check boxes 4 Click Apply to paste the settings web Configurator Microsoft Intern pen 4 Please select ports and click apply button 0 ie te 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 9 E 6 Ge ER ER ER Ee a 10 12 0
44. box and then clicking Set Interval Stop Click Stop to halt polling statistics Change Pages Click Previous Page or Next Page to show the preceding following screen if the information cannot be displayed in one screen 87 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 8 5 Static VLAN Setting Click Advanced and then VLAN in the navigation panel and then the Static VLAN Setting link to display the screen as shown next You can assign a port to be a member of a VLAN group or prohibit a port from joining a VLAN group in this screen This is an IEEE 802 1Q VLAN Figure 40 Static VLAN Setting Static VLAN Setting J VLAN Status VLAN Port Setting VID Active Name Delete il Yes DEFAULT O Delete Cancel Active C Name VLAN ID fo 1 4094 Port Control Tagging Select All Select All Select None ENET1 Normal C Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging ENET2 amp Normal C Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging 1 Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging 2 Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging 3 amp Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging 4 Fixed Forbidden I Tx Tagging 5 Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging 6 Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging 7 Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging 8 Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging 9 Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging 10 Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging 11 Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging 12 Fixed Forbidden I Tx Tagging The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 2
45. change the dat file to a txt file and still upload it to the MSAP2000 AAMS Editable Configuration File Backup Configure your system and then use FTP to backup the plain text configuration file onto your computer Do the following to backup the configuration file Use an FTP client to connect to the MSAP2000 AAMS C gt ftp lt MSAP2000 AAMS IP address gt Enter the User name just press ENTER User ENTER Enter the management password 1234 by default Password 1234 230 Logged in sie get to transfer the configuration file to the computer The configuration file on the system that you want to backup to the computer is named config 0 ftp gt get config 0 238 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Quit FTP ftp gt quit 31 3 2 Edit Configuration File Open the config 0 file via notepad see the following example and edit to a desired configuration Note Ensure that any changes you make to the commands in the configuration file correspond to the commands documented in this User s Guide Figure 150 Configuration File Example HHH sysinfo sys info hostname ras sys info location taiwan sys info contact zmlin HHH snmp sys snmp getcommunity public sys snmp setcommunity public sys snmp trapcommunity 1234 sys snmp trustedhost 0 0 0 0 sys snmp trapdst 172 23 15 250 HHH server sys server enable telnet sys server enable ftp sys server enable web sys server enable icmp sys server por
46. command displays ADSL port connection statistics including the status V for enabled for disabled ADSL operational mode upstream and downstream maximum rates up time and the number of errored seconds The following example displays connection statistics for ADSL port 3 Figure 142 ras gt statistics adsl show 3 port status mode up downstream up time error second 3 Statistics ADSL Linedata Command Syntax statistics adsl linedata lt portlist gt where lt portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or a list of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt This command shows the line bit allocation of an ADSL port 227 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Discrete Multi Tone DMT modulation divides up a line s bandwidth into tones This command displays the number of bits transmitted for each tone This can be used to determine the quality of the connection whether a given sub carrier loop has sufficient margins to support ADSL transmission rates and possibly to determine whether certain specific types of interference or line attenuation exist Refer to the ITU T G992 1 recommendation for more information on DMT The better or shorter the line the higher the number of bits transmitted for a DMT tone The maximum number of bits that can be transmitted per DMT tone is 15 upstream carrier load displays the
47. configuring Cancel Click Cancel to start configuring the screen again 7 16 Line Rate Information Click Basic Setting and then Line Data in the navigation panel to open the following screen This screen displays an ADSL port s line operating values Information obtained prior to training to steady state transition will not be valid or will be old information Figure 36 Line Rate Information Por 1 Port Name Rate Info OF PES GoD Down up Stream Rate kbps 2045 7510 Down up Stream Noise Margin db 32 16 Down up Stream Attenuation db 0 0 Down up Stream Attainable Rate kbps 25136 930 Service Mode adsl2 Trellis Encoding On Down Stream Interleave Delay 3 ms Up Stream Interleave Delay Down Atur Atur Atur Atuc Atuc Atuc 2 Stream Output power 6 dbm vendor id b5004244434d00000000000000000000 version number 00000000000000000000000000000000 serial number 00000000000000000000000000000000 00000000000000000000000000000000 vendor id 00000000000000000000000000000000 version number 00000000000000000000000000000000 serial number 00000000000000000000000000000000 00000000000000000000000000000000 Line Performance Line Data Refresh 78 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 22 Line Rate Information LABEL DESCRIPTION Line Performance Click Line Performance to displ
48. connect the cables to the correct ports e Do NOT obstruct the device ventilation slots as insufficient airflow may harm your device Do NOT store things on the device Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide ZyXEL Limited Warranty ZyXEL warrants to the original end user purchaser that this product is free from any defects in materials or workmanship for a period of up to two years from the date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials ZyXEL will at its discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor and to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value and will be solely at the discretion of ZyXEL This warranty shall not apply if the product is modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions Note Repair or replacement as provided under this warranty is the exclusive remedy of the purchaser This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties express or implied including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose ZyXEL shall in no event be held liable
49. destined for a host device on a local area network arrives at the switch the switch s ARP program looks in the ARP Table and if it finds the address sends it to the device If no entry is found for the IP address ARP broadcasts the request to all the devices on the LAN The switch fills in its own MAC and IP address in the sender address fields and puts the known IP address of the target in the target IP address field In addition the switch puts all ones in the target MAC field FF FF FF FF FF FF is the Ethernet broadcast address The replying device which is either the IP address of the device being sought or the router that knows the way replaces the broadcast address with the target s MAC address swaps the sender and target pairs and unicasts the answer directly back to the requesting machine ARP updates the ARP Table for future reference and then sends the packet to the MAC address that replied 23 2 Viewing the ARP Table Click Management in the navigation panel and then ARP Table to open the following screen 137 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 71 ARP Table Page 1 of 1 ARP Table d Flush Total 7 ARP entries Index 1l Joan Pwr IP Address MAC Address 172 23 15 100 00 60 3 20 61 6c 172 23 15 107 00 13 49 8d 24 aa L72223215 170 00 13 49 ba ec dl 172723 15 172 02 0e a6 89 41 60 172 23 15 200 00 0d 9d 9b 61 bl 172 23 15 219 00 a0 c5 00 00 02 172 23 15 254 00 04 80 9b 78 00
50. identifies this port You can use up to 31 ASCII characters spaces are not allowed Speed Mode Select the type of Ethernet connection for this port When you don t use auto negotiation you must make sure that the settings of the peer Ethernet port are the same in order to connect Select Auto auto negotiation to have the MSAP2000 AAMS automatically determine the type of connection that the Ethernet port has When the peer Ethernet device has auto negotiation turned on the MSAP2000 AAMS negotiates with the peer to determine the connection speed If the peer Ethernet port does not have auto negotiation turned on the MSAP2000 AAMS determines the connection speed by detecting the signal on the cable and using full duplex Select 10 Copper if the Ethernet port has a 10 MB electrical connection Select 100 Copper if the Ethernet port has a 100 MB electrical connection Duplex The MSAP2000 AAMS uses full duplex Ethernet connections Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring the fields again 56 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 7 ADSL Port Setup This chapter explains how to configure settings for profiles and
51. in the MAC table e Ifthe switch has already learned the port for this MAC address then it forwards the frame to that port e If the switch has not already learned the port for this MAC address then the frame is flooded to all ports Too much port flooding leads to network congestion e Ifthe switch has already learned the port for this MAC address but the destination port is the same as the port it came in on then it filters the frame Figure 69 MAC Table Filtering Flowchart Is destination MAC address in the MAC table Forward to all ports except the incoming one Is outgoing port different from incoming port Filter this frame Forward to outgoing pert 135 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 22 2 Viewing the MAC Table Click Management in the navigation panel and then MAC Table to display the following screen Figure 70 MAC Table 05 26 24 index ED MAC Table g Get Time 19700101 Page 1 of 0 Previous Next Show 1 x MAC Port VID VPI VCI Refresh Flush The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 56 MAC Table LABEL DESCRIPTION Get Time This displays the date and time that the displayed MAC address information was last updated The date is in year month and day format The time is in 24 hour hour minute and second format Page X of X This identifies which page of information is displayed and the to
52. individual ADSL ports It also covers how to configure virtual channels and virtual channel profiles 7 1 ADSL Standards Overview These are the ADSL standards and rates that the MSAP2000 AAMS supports at the time of writing Table 14 Maximum Transfer Rates of the ADSL Ports STANDARD MAXIMUM DOWNSTREAM MAXIMUM UPSTREAM G dmt 8160 Kbps 1024 Kbps ANSI T1 413 issue 2 8160 Kbps 1024 Kbps G lite 1536 Kbps 512 Kbps ADSL2 12000 Kbps 1200 Kbps ADSL2 24000 Kbps 1200 Kbps 7 2 Downstream and Upstream Downstream refers to traffic going out from the MSAP2000 AAMS to the subscriber s ADSL modem or router Upstream refers to traffic coming into the MSAP2000 AAMS from the subscriber s ADSL modem or router 7 3 Profiles A profile is a table that contains a list of pre configured ADSL settings Each ADSL port has one and only one profile assigned to it at any given time The profile defines the latency mode and upstream downstream latency delay maximum and minimum upstream downstream rates the target upstream downstream signal noise margins and the maximum and minimum upstream downstream acceptable noise margins of all the ADSL ports that have this profile You can configure multiple profiles including profiles for troubleshooting Profiles allow you to configure ADSL ports efficiently You can configure all of the ADSL ports with the same profile thus removing the need to configure the ADSL ports one by
53. is used with bursty connections that do not require closely controlled delay and delay variation An example of an nrt VBR connection would be non time sensitive data file transfers 70 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 7 12 1 3 7 12 2 7 12 2 1 7 12 2 2 7 12 2 3 Unspecified Bit Rate UBR The Unspecified Bit Rate UBR ATM traffic class is similar to the ABR traffic class for bursty data transfers However while ABR gives subscribers a set amount of bandwidth UBR doesn t guarantee any bandwidth and only delivers traffic when the network has spare bandwidth Traffic Parameters These are the parameters that control the flow of ATM traffic Peak Cell Rate PCR Peak Cell Rate PCR is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells This parameter may be lower but not higher than the maximum line speed 1 ATM cell is 53 bytes 424 bits so a maximum speed of 832Kbps gives a maximum PCR of 1962 cells sec This rate is not guaranteed because it is dependent on the line speed Sustained Cell Rate SCR Sustained Cell Rate SCR is the mean cell rate of each bursty traffic source It specifies the maximum average rate at which cells can be sent over the virtual connection SCR may not be greater than the PCR Maximum Burst Size MBS Maximum Burst Size MBS is the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the PCR After MBS is reached cell rates fall below SCR until cell rate averages to the SCR again At
54. message before attempting to reconfigure Hello time second This is the time interval in seconds at which the AAM transmits a configuration message The root bridge determines Hello Time Max Age and Forwarding Delay Forward delay This is the time in seconds the MSAP2000 AAMS will wait before changing states that second is listening to learning to forwarding Port Status This identifies the MSAP2000 AAMS s ports that support the use of STP State This field displays the port s RSTP or STP state With RSTP the state can be discarding learning or forwarding With STP the state can be disabled blocking listening learning or forwarding Disabled appears when RSTP has not been turned on for the individual port or the whole device Port ID This is the priority and number of the port on the MSAP2000 AAMS through which this MSAP2000 AAMS must communicate with the root of the Spanning Tree Ox0000 displays when this device is the root switch Path cost This is the path cost from this port to the root switch Cost to root switch This is the path cost from the root port on this MSAP2000 AAMS to the root Designated bridge This is the unique identifier for the bridge that has the lowest path cost to reach Designated port the root bridge consisting of bridge priority plus MAC address This is the port on the designated bridge that has the lowest path cost to reac
55. omemnnsmejsnanne jasmin 25 2 16 Time Server Show Command srrrnsrensnstnrvrvnsrsrsevevevevererersrensesenenenenersesevevevevereene 25 2 17 Time Server Set Command o mnuvsrvsrvvrvvrrsvervsrersrevsrsvervsrrsrnvervsersrersesservssrsenserssersenser 25 2 18 Log Show Command msenrvrrvrvrevrvensrrrvrvreverersevesreverensrvevssveversesenesrevevensesevssseveseesenr 25219 Log Clear Comm in aij 25 2 20 Monitor Show Command ososrvvrnsrnversrsvensrnversenversrnversrnversrnvensenversensersensersensensensener 25 2 21 Monitor Vlimit Command cece csescssssessseseseseeescseseseseeeececeneseseseseaees 25 2 22 Monitor Tlimit Command ososnnsrosnornnvonnernnrennernnrennsrenrennene CH A P T E R2 6 ADSL Commands srssnrrrnnrsnnrernrennnensnenrnennesnnernnnennneennesnrernrneereeerererseenseenne 11 163 163 163 164 165 165 wna DOD s166 RE EE EE ET 11 168 26 1 ADSL Standards Overview 0 ccccccccccscsccccesseccscesssccscescscesceccsccecsecscceceacaccecssvsceeceavscceceaees 26 2 ADSL Commands Summary sessirnar nii hv Eai 26 3 ADSL Command Berples Lesmorsamasaumumnmnndpmrjmeuneninseejvavmv 26 3 1 26 3 2 26 3 3 26 3 4 26 3 5 26 3 6 26 3 7 26 3 8 26 3 9 26 3 10 26 3 11 26 3 12 26 3 13 26 3 14 26 3 15 26 3 16 26 3 17 26 3 18 26 4 1 26 4 2 26 4 3 26 5 PVC Channel cccccccccsccceccoscecescosescesceccsccecscsscsecsecscsecuescsecescacsecsevsccecsevaceecuavsceec
56. one You can also change an individual ADSL port by assigning it a different profile 57 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide For example you could set up different profiles for different kinds of accounts for example economy standard and premium Assign the appropriate profile to an ADSL port and it takes care of a large part of the port s configuration maximum and minimum transfer rates You still get to individually enable or disable each port as well as configure its channels and operational mode See later in this chapter for how to configure profiles 7 4 Interleave Delay Interleave delay is the wait in milliseconds that determines the size of a single block of data to be interleaved assembled and then transmitted Interleave delay is used when transmission error correction Reed Solomon is necessary due to a less than ideal telephone line The bigger the delay the bigger the data block size allowing better error correction to be performed Reed Solomon codes are block based error correcting codes with a wide range of applications The Reed Solomon encoder takes a block of digital data and adds extra redundant bits The Reed Solomon decoder processes each block and attempts to correct errors and recover the original data 7 4 1 Fast Mode Fast mode means no interleaving takes place and transmission is faster a fast channel This would be suitable if you have a good line where little error correction is necessary
57. outgoing traffic 8 2 Introduction to IEEE 802 1Q Tagged VLAN Tagged VLAN uses an explicit tag VLAN ID in the MAC header to identify the VLAN membership of a frame across bridges they are not confined to the switch on which they were created The VLANs can be created statically by hand or dynamically through GVRP The VLAN ID associates a frame with a specific VLAN and provides the information that switches need to process the frame across the network A tagged frame is four bytes longer than an untagged frame and contains two bytes of TPID Tag Protocol Identifier residing within the type length field of the Ethernet frame and two bytes of TCI Tag Control Information starts after the source address field of the Ethernet frame The CFI Canonical Format Indicator is a single bit flag always set to zero for Ethernet switches If a frame received at an Ethernet port has a CFI set to 1 then that frame should not be forwarded as it is to an untagged port The remaining twelve bits define the VLAN ID giving a possible maximum number of 4 096 212 VLANs Note that user priority and VLAN ID are independent of each other A frame with VID VLAN Identifier of null 0 is called a 84 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide priority frame meaning that only the priority level is significant and the default VID of the ingress port is given as the VID of the frame Of the 4096 possible VIDs a VID of 0 is used to identify priority frames and val
58. port Delete Click Delete to remove a MAC address from the list Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring 99 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 13 Spanning Tree Protocol This chapter introduces the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol RSTP RSTP Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol and STP Spanning Tree Protocol RSTP adds rapid reconfiguration capability to STP The switch supports RSTP and the earlier STP RSTP and STP detect and break network loops and provide backup links between switches bridges or routers They allow a device to interact with other RSTP or STP aware devices in your network to ensure that only one path exists between any two stations on the network The switch uses RSTP by default but can still interoperate with STP switches although without RSTP s benefits The root bridge is the base of the spanning tree it is the bridge with the lowest identifier value MAC address Path cost is the cost of transmitting a frame onto a LAN through that port It is assigned according to the speed of the link to which a port is attached The slower the media the higher the cost see the following table Table 33 STP Path Costs LINK
59. relays to a DHCP server This helps provide authentication about the source of the requests You can also specify additional information for the switch to add to the client TCP IP configuration requests that it relays to the DHCP server Please refer to RFC 3046 for more details The DHCP relay agent information feature adds an Agent Information field to the option 82 field of the DHCP headers of client TCP IP configuration request frames that the switch relays to a DHCP server The following lists the DHCP relay agent option 82 information that the switch may send to the DHCP server e Slot ID 1 byte e Port ID 1 byte e VLAN ID 2 bytes e System name up to 32 bytes this is optional DHCP Relay Setup Click Advanced Application and then DHCP Relay in the navigation panel to display the screen shown next 112 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 52 DHCP Relay E DHCP Relay g Enable DHCP relay E Remote DHCP server IP 0 0 0 0 Enable Option 82 E Option82 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 40 DHCP Relay LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable DHCP Enable DHCP relay to have the AAM relay client TCP IP configuration relay requests to a DHCP server and the server s responses back to the clients Remote DHCP Enter the IP address of the DHCP server to which the AAM should relay DHCP server IP client TCP IP configuration requests Enable Option 82 Sele
60. route or edits an existing one Route Delete Command Syntax ras gt ip route delete lt dst ip gt netmask where lt dst ip gt The destination IP address of packets to which this static route applies netmask The destination subnet mask of packets to which this static route applies This command removes a static IP forwarding route Route Show Command Syntax ras gt ip route show This command displays the MSAP2000 AAMS s routing table An example is shown next 222 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 138 ras gt ip route show index dest gateway metric name 1 192 168 1 0 24 192 168 1 1 1 2 default 192 168 1 254 1 28 4 6 ARP Show Command Syntax ras gt ip arp show This command displays the MSAP2000 AAMS s IP Address Resolution Protocol table This is the list of IP addresses and matching MAC addresses that the MSAP2000 AAMS has resolved An example is shown next Figure 139 ARP Show Command Example ras gt ip arp show ip mac address 172 23 14 254 00 0c db 30 ac 00 172 23 15 254 00 0c db 30 ac 00 28 4 7 ARP Flush Command Syntax ras gt ip arp flush This command clears the MSAP2000 AAMS s IP Address Resolution Protocol table 223 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER29 Statistics Commands This chapter describes the statistics commands 29 1 Statistics Commands Summary The following table lists the statistics commands you can u
61. screen appears Type admin in the user name field and your password factory default 1234 in the password field Click OK Figure 8 Login Screen gt Please type your user name and password Site 192 168 1 1 Realm 44M1212 51 at Thu Jan 01 18 18 52 1970 User Name admin Password zx I Save this password in your password list Cancel 4 Click Basic Setting and then IP Setup 34 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 9 Basic Setting IP Setup Menu Advanced Application Routing Protocol Management Config Save 5 Use this screen to change the IP address subnet mask and default gateway IP address for your network Apply the settings If you change the MSAP2000 AAMS s IP address you must use the new IP address if you want to access the web configurator again Figure 10 IP setup OLED IP 172 23 15 200 IP mask 255 255 255 0 Apply IP setting Cancel Default Gateway 172 23 15 254 Apply Gateway setting Cancel 6 Skip to step 15 if you have your subscribers use VPI 0 and VCI 33 the default for all of the ADSL ports Otherwise use the following steps to change the VPI and VCI settings for all of the ADSL ports First you will delete the default virtual channel from all of the ADSL ports you cannot edit it Adding another virtual channel without deleting the default virtual channel is not recommended since you cannot set the new channel to be the port s super chann
62. the IEEE 802 1X re lt portlist gt authentication period for specific lt period gt ports radius show Displays the external RADIUS server settings ip lt ip gt Sets the external RADIUS server IP address 150 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 58 Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION port lt port gt Sets the external RADIUS server port number secret lt secret gt Sets the authentication and encryption key profile show Displays the local profiles set lt name gt Creates or edits a local profile lt password gt delete lt name gt Removes a local profile enet show Displays the Ethernet port settings speed lt portlist gt Sets the Ethernet port s connection lt 10copper 100co speed pper auto gt name lt portlist gt Sets the Ethernet port s name lt name gt enable lt portlist gt Turns on the specified Ethernet port s disable lt portlist gt Turns off the specified Ethernet port s smcast Use the static multicast filter to pass routing protocols such as RIP and OSPF show Display all MAC addresses joined to ADSL ports set lt adsl_port gt Use join leave to add remove lt mac gt multicast MAC addresses up to ten lt join leave gt on specified ADSL ports a range of ADSL ports or all ADSL ports MAC example 01005E010203 delete lt mac gt Removes a static multicast filter entry by deleting
63. the number of frames received that were less than 64 octets long and contained an invalid FCS including non integral and integral lengths Rx error overrun This field shows how many times an Ethernet transmitter overrun occurred Rx error mru This field shows the number of received frames that were dropped due to exceeding the Maximum Receive Unit frame size Rx dropped This field shows the number of received frames that were steamed into the MSAP2000 AAMS but later dropped because of a lack of system resources Rx jabber This field shows the number of frames received that were longer than 1518 octets non VLAN or 1522 octets VLAN and contained an invalid FCS including alignment errors Rx error alignment This field shows the number of frames received that were 64 to 1518 non VLAN or 1522 VLAN octets long but contained an invalid FCS and a non integral number of octets Rx oversize This field shows the number of frames received that were bigger than 1518 non VLAN or 1522 VLAN octets and contained a valid FCS Rx undersize This field shows the number of frames received that were less than 64 octets long and contained a valid FCS Rx discard This field shows the number of frames dropped based on packet filtering Tx bytes This field shows the number of bytes that have been transmitted on this port This includes collisions but not jam signal or preamble SFD Start of Frame Delimit
64. to line conditions without interrupting service Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring the fields again 7 8 Virtual Channels Defining virtual channels also called Permanent Virtual Circuits or PVCs allows you to set priorities for different services or subscribers You can define up to eight channels on each DSL port and use them for different services or levels of service You set the PVID that is assigned to untagged frames received on each channel You also set an IEEE 802 1p priority for each of the PVIDs In this way you can assign different priorities to different channels and consequently the services that get carried on them or the subscribers that use them 62 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 7 8 1 7 8 2 7 8 3 7 8 4 For example you want to give high priority to voice service on one of the ADSL ports First configure a static VLAN on the MSAP2000 AAMS for voice on the port Then do the following e Configure a channel on the port for voice service e Set the channel to use the PVID of the static VLAN you configured e Assign the channel a high priority Super Channel The MSAP2000 AAMS forwards fram
65. use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring the fields again Default Gateway Enter the IP address of the default outgoing gateway in dotted decimal notation Ann Gatew Click Apply Gateway setting to save your changes to the device s IP PPly y address setting and or subnet mask to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring the fields again 6 7 ENET Port Setup Click Basic Setting and then ENET Port Setup in the navigation panel to enter the Ethernet port configuration screen 55 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 27 ENET Port Setup ENET1 ENET2 ED ENET Port Setup d Port Active feneti auto v Full Duplex fenet2 auto v Full Duplex Name Speed Mode Duplex The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 13 ENET Port Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Port This is the port index number Active Select this check box to enable a port The factory default for all ports is enabled A port must be enabled for data transmission to occur Name Enter a descriptive name that
66. used to establish membership in a multicast group it is not used to carry user data Refer to RFC 1112 and RFC 2236 for information on IGMP versions 1 and 2 respectively A switch can passively snoop on IGMP Query Report and Leave IGMP version 2 packets transferred between IP multicast routers switches and IP multicast hosts to learn the IP multicast group membership It checks IGMP packets passing through it picks out the group registration information and configures multicasting accordingly IGMP snooping allows the switch to learn multicast groups without you having to manually configure them The switch forwards multicast traffic destined for multicast groups that it has learned from IGMP snooping or that you have manually configured to ports that are members of that group The switch discards multicast traffic destined for multicast groups that it does not know IGMP snooping generates no additional network traffic allowing you to significantly reduce multicast traffic passing through your switch 52 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 6 5 Switch Setup Screen Click Basic Setting and then Switch Setup in the navigation panel to display the screen as shown Figure 25 Switch Setup ED Switch Setup ng IGMP Snooping Active E MAC Address Learning Aging Time soo 10 3000 seconds 0 Disabled GARP Timer Join Timer zoo 100 65535 milliseconds Leave Timer eoo 0 65535 milliseconds Port Isolation Acti
67. vlan frametype lt portlist gt lt allltag untag gt where lt portlist gt You can specify a single DSL port lt 1 gt all DSL ports lt gt or a list of DSL ports lt 1 3 gt You can also include a range of DSL ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt lt all tag untag gt incoming Use tag to have the specified port s accept only Ethernet frames that have a VLAN tag Use untag to have the specified port s accept only incoming Ethernet frames that do not have a VLAN tag Use all to have the specified port s accept both tagged and untagged incoming Ethernet frames This command sets the specified DSL ports to accept VLAN tagged Ethernet frames untagged Ethernet frames or both Note The MSAP2000 AAMS accepts both tagged and untagged incoming frames on the Ethernet ports The following example sets the MSAP2000 AAMS to accept only VLAN tagged Ethernet frames on DSL port 3 206 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 27 8 9 27 8 10 27 8 11 Figure 120 VLAN Frame Type Command Example ras gt switch vlan frametype 3 tag VLAN CPU Show Command Syntax switch vlan cpu show This command displays the management VLAN CPU You can only use ports that are members of this management VLAN in order to manage the MSAP2000 AAMS VLAN CPU Set Command Syntax switch vlan cpu set lt vid gt where lt vid gt The VLAN ID Valid parameter range 1 4094 This must be the VLAN ID of a VLAN that is alread
68. 0 00 gt Diagnostic 05 41 1970 Console INFO Session End 00 01 1970 Console INFO Session Begin 54 32 1970 Console INFO Session End 47 47 1970 Console INFO Session Begin 46 58 1970 Console INFO Session End 40 10 1970 Console INFO Session Begin 32 17 1970 Console INFO Session End 26 41 1970 Console INFO Session Begin 12 33 1970 Console INFO Session End 07 11 1970 Console INFO Session Begin 05 21 1970 Console INFO Session End 00 30 1970 dslmgrO0 INFO ADSL Link Info NM 38 18 dB 00 30 1970 dslmgrO00 INFO ADSL 1 Link Up SN 1 2045 510 00 20 1970 Console INFO Session Begin 00 20 1970 Console INFO Last errorlog repeat 1 Times 00 10 1970 PINI INFO Change time server to none 00 06 1970 iw_app INFO Ether 2 Link Up SN 2 100 100 00 05 1970 iw_app WARN Ether 2 Link Down SN 1 00 04 1970 PINI INFO System Warm Start 00 04 1970 iw_app INFO Ether 2 Link Up SN 1 100 100 vil Display Clear IP Address 0 0 0 0 Ping 1 Times 1 10 Pota zl vrilo veio OAM F5Loopback Port 1 z _ Set LDM Port Get LDM Data 129 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 52 Diagnostic LABEL DESCRIPTION Syslog Event Log Click Display to display a log of events in the multi line text box Click Clear to empty the text box and reset the syslog entry IP Ping Type the IP address of a device that you want to ping in order to test a connec
69. 0 0 0 broadcast 172 23 255 255 mtu 1500 in octet 10728504 in unicast 738 in multicast 232488 in discard 0 inerror 0 in unknown proto O out octet 41361 out unicast 861 out multicast discard O out error 0 oO out 234 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 30 Config Commands This chapter describes the config commands 30 1 Config Commands Summary The following table lists the config commands you can use with the MSAP2000 AAMS Table 66 Config Commands COMMAND DESCRIPTION config show lt sys swlads Displays the device s configuration lip statjall gt nopause save Saves the current configuration restore Reloads the factory default configuration 30 2 Config show Command Example Syntax ras gt config show lt sys sw adsllip stat all gt nopause This command shows the configuration of the specified category nopause allows you to show all settings at one time so you do not need to press a key to continue An example is shown next 235 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 149 Config Show Command Example ras gt config show ip nopause interface ip netmask mannan nn Ethernet 172 23 15 200 255 255 255 0 default gateway 172 23 15 254 gt SSS SS SS ip arp tt 172 23 15 101 08 00 20 ad f6 88 172 23 15 102 00 03 ba 44 fe ec 172 23 15 172 02 0e a6 89 41 60 172 23 15 254 00 04 80 9b 78 00
70. 0 AAMS User s Guide Table9 System Information continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Temperature Each temperature sensor can detect and report the temperature Temperature sensor 1 is near the ADSL line driver Temperature sensor 2 is near the ADSL chipset Temperature sensor 3 is near the central processing unit Current This shows the current temperature at this sensor MAX This field displays the maximum temperature measured at this sensor MIN This field displays the minimum temperature measured at this sensor Average This field displays the average temperature measured at this sensor Threshold Low This field displays the lowest temperature limit at this sensor Threshold Hi This field displays the highest temperature limit at this sensor Status This field displays Normal for temperatures below the threshold and Over for those above Voltage The power supply for each voltage has a sensor that can detect and report the voltage Current This is the current voltage reading MAX This field displays the maximum voltage measured at this point MIN This field displays the minimum voltage measured at this point Average This field displays the average voltage measured at this sensor Threshold Low This field displays the lowest voltage limit at this sensor Threshold Hi This field displays the highest voltage limit at this sensor Status Normal indicates that the voltage is with
71. 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 02 02 02 02 tone 048 063 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 064 079 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 03 02 tone 080 095 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 096 111 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 112 127 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 128 143 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 144159 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02102 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 160 175 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02102 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 176191 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02102 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 192 207 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02102 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 206 227 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02102 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 224 239 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 240 255 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 256 271 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 272 287 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 BitAllocaton tone 288 303 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 304 319 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 320 335 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 336 351 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 352 367 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 368 383 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 384 399 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 400 415 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 OO 00 OO 00 tone
72. 00 AAMS Figure 3 Front Panel AAMS acty O FAL O OO SYS ALM LINE 3 UpLINK O 0 O2 SPD LNK a ADSL2 2 10 Q 1 30 Oa 50 Os 70 Os 9Q Or o 10 On LIL POTS 3 gt mi 24 2 1 1 Front Access Ports The following wiring illustration describes how the POTS RJ45 port and LINE RJ45 port match to the wiring post of a MSAP2000 FXS at the MSAP2000 system backplane MSAP2000 AAMS module provides up to 12 channels of ADSL voice service Each POTS RJ45 connector supports four FXS subscriber line Connect the wiring between FXS wiring post and the POTS connector so the voice traffic can be combined with the ADSL traffic in the AAMS built in splitter The combined signal will then come out from the LINE port The combined signal will usually go to a MDF Two RJ45 male to open wire cables will be used for every four subscribers Each AAMS will need six such cables The length of the cable must be carefully measued between the FXS wiring post and AAMS front panel as well as between AAMS front panel and the MDF CHIL CHI CHL cid CHIS CHI6 Meee ce 25 2 1 2 Front Panel LEDs The following table describes the LED indicators on the front panel of the MSAP2000 AAMS Table 1 LED status and description LED Status Description ACTV GREEN Normal Working Green OFF CPU or Power Fa
73. 00 AAMS User s Guide Figure 111 IGMP Filter Show Command Example ras gt switch igmpfilter profile show voice profile index startip voice 1 224 1 1 10 voice 2 0 0 0 0 voice 3 0 0 0 0 voice 4 0 0 0 0 voice 5 0 0 0 0 voice 6 0 0 0 0 voice 7 0 0 0 0 voice 8 0 0 0 0 voice 9 0 0 0 0 voice 10 0 0 0 0 voice 11 0 0 0 0 voice 12 0 0 0 0 voice 13 0 0 0 0 voice 14 0 0 0 0 voice 15 0 0 0 0 voice 16 0 0 0 0 endip 224 1 1 44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 27 3 DHCP Relay Overview DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol RFC 2131 and RFC 2132 allows individual clients to obtain TCP IP configuration at start up from a DHCP server You can configure the MSAP2000 AAMS to relay client TCP IP configuration requests to a DHCP server and the server s responses back to the clients the web configurator parts for details on DHCP relay 27 4 DHCP Relay Commands 27 4 1 Use these commands to configure the DHCP relay feature DHCP Relay Server Set Command Syntax switch dhcprelay server lt server ip gt where lt server ip gt The IP address of a DHCP server See This command adds a DHCP server entry to the list of servers to which the MSAP2000 AAMS relays client TCP IP configuration requests 198 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 27 4 2 27 4 3 27 4 4 DHCP Relay Enable Command Syntax
74. 000 AAMS is shipped The default profile s name is set to DEFVAL The default profile s maximum downstream rate can only be obtained when using the G dmt standard Configure a profile with a maximum downstream rate of 1536 Kbps or less for use with G lite Refer to the chapter on initial configuration for the settings of the default profile and ADSL port default settings 7 7 XDSL Port Setup Click Basic Setting and then xDSL Port Setup in the navigation panel to open the following screen Figure 28 xDSL Port Setup JEVEN p VC Setup Copy Port Vv Active O Customer Info O Customer Tel r 2 Features ha I ProfilegmMode 1 IGMP filter IT security Frame Type settings Paste I Virtual Channels I Alarm Profile I pvingpriority 7 Packet Filter Port Active Customer Info Customer Tel Profile Mode Channels 1 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 2 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 3 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 4 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 5 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 6 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 7 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 8 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 9 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 10 enabled DEFVAL auto 1 11 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 12 enabled DEFVAL auto 1 59 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 15 xDSL Port Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION VC Setup Click VC Setup to open the VC Setup screen where you can configure VC settings for the DSL ports Copy Port Do the following to copy settings from one DSL port to another D
75. 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 The service type in operation is the ADSL standard that the port is using Trellis coding helps to reduce the noise in ADSL transmissions Trellis may reduce throughput but it makes the connection more stable The numbers of milliseconds of interleave delay for downstream and upstream transmissions are listed The total output power of the transceiver varies with the length and line quality The farther away the subscriber s ADSL modem or router is or the more interference there is on the line the higher the power will be Information obtained prior to training to steady state transition will not be valid or will be old information Annex A refers to POTS The atuc information fields show data acquired from the ATUC ADSL Termination Unit Central in this case MSAP2000 AAMS during negotiation provisioning message interchanges 2 Atthe time of writing the MSAP2000 AAMS always uses Trellis coding 229 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 29 4 4 The atur information fields show data acquired from the ATUR ADSL Termination Unit Remote in this case the subscriber s ADSL modem or router during negotiation provisioning message interchanges This information can help in identifying the subscriber s ADSL modem or router The vendor ID vendor version number and product serial number are obtained from vendor ID fields see ITU T G 994 1 or R MSGS1 see T1 413
76. 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 160 179 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 180 199 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 200 219 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 220 239 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 240 259 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 29 4 3 Statistics ADSL Lineinfo Command Syntax statistics adsl lineinfo lt portlist gt 228 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide where lt portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt ora list of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt This command shows the line operating values of an ADSL port An example is shown next Figure 144 Lineinfo Command Example ras gt st ad linei 1 port 1 operating modes service type in operation adsl2 TRELLIS operation mode on connection detail down up stream interleaved delay ms 3 2 total transceiver output power dbm 7 atuc information vendor id 00000000000000000000000000000000 version number 00000000000000000000000000000000 serial number 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 00 atur information vendor id b5004244434d00000000000000000000 version number 00000000000000000000000000000000 serial number 0000000000000000000000
77. 1 gt all ports lt gt or a list of ports lt 1 3 enet1 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 enet1 e net2 gt This command displays the port s VLAN settings The following example shows the settings for ADSL port 1 Figure 117 VLAN Port Show Command Example ras gt switch vlan portshow 1 port pvid priority frametype gvrp 1 1 0 all 203 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 27 8 6 VLAN PVID Command 27 8 7 Syntax switch vlan pvid lt portlist gt lt pvid gt where lt portlist gt ports lt pvid gt You can specify a single port lt 1 gt all ports lt gt or a list of lt 1 3 enet1 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 enet1 e net2 gt The VLAN ID Valid parameter range 1 4094 This must be the VLAN ID of a VLAN that is already configured The ports specified in this command must also be set to the fixed status in the VLAN This command sets a default VLAN ID for all untagged packets that come in through the specified port The following example sets the default VID of port 1 to 200 Figure 118 VLAN PVID Command Example ras gt switch vlan pvid 1 200 VLAN Set Command Syntax switch vlan set lt vid gt lt portlist gt lt F lt T U gt X N gt lt portlist gt lt F lt T U gt X N gt J name where lt vid gt The VLAN ID 1 4094 lt portlist gt You can specify a single port lt 1 gt all ports
78. 2 1x to allow additional authentication methods besides RADIUS to be deployed with no changes to the access point or the wireless clients IGMP Pass Internet Group Multicast Protocol is used when sending packets to a specific group of through hosts Add Click Add to save your settings The VLAN then displays in the summary table at the top of the screen Clicking Add saves your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring the screen again This table shows the ADSL port packet filter settings Port These are the numbers of the ADSL ports Click this number to edit the port s filter settings PPPoE IP ARP These are the packet filter settings for each port NetBios DHCP V displays for the packet types that the MSAP2000 AAMS is to accept on the port displays EAPO IGMP for packet types that the MSAP 2000 AAMS is to reject on the port displays for the packet PPPoE Only filter settings that the MSAP2000 AAMS ignores 97 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 12 MAC Filter This chapter introduces the MAC filter 12 1 MAC Filter Introduction Use the MAC filter to allow only frames from MAC Media Access Control address
79. 26 3 17 26 3 18 where lt profile gt The name of an alarm profile This command allows you to delete an individual ADSL alarm profile by its name You cannot delete the DEFVAL alarm profile The following example deletes the SESalarm alarm profile Figure 102 Alarm Profile Delete Command Example ras gt adsl alarm profile delete SESalarm Alarm Profile Map Command Syntax adsl alarmprofile map lt portlist gt lt profile gt where lt portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt ora list of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt lt profile gt The name of an alarm profile Sets the MSAP2000 AAMS to use an already configured alarm profile with the specified ADSL ports The following example sets the MSAP2000 AAMS to use the SESalarm alarm profile with ADSL port 5 Figure 103 Alarm Profile Map Command Example ras gt adsl alarmprofile map SESalarm 5 Alarm Profile Showmap Command Syntax adsl alarmprofile showmap port number where port number The number of an ADSL port 184 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide This command displays which alarm profiles the MSAP2000 AAMS is set to use for specific or all ADSL ports The following example displays which alarm profile the MSAP2000 AAMS is set to use for ADSL port 5 Figure 104 Alarm Profile Showmap Command Example ras gt a
80. 3 Super Channel Pr VPI fo vel p VC Profile DEFVAL v PVID 1 1 4094 Priority fo Add Cancel Show Port ALL v Index Click to modify Port VPI VCI VC Profile PVID Priority 1 1 0 33 DEFVAL 0 0 2 2 Of 33 DEFVAL 0 0 3 3 0 33 DEFVAL 0 0 C 4 4 Of 33 DEFVAL 0 0 5 5 Of 33 DEFVAL 0 0 amp 6 6 Of 33 DEFVAL 0 0 7 0 33 DEFVAL 0 0 8 8 Of 33 DEFVAL 0 0 C 9 g9 O 33 DEFVAL 0 0 10 10 Of 33 DEFVAL 0 0 11 11 0 33 DEFVAL 0 0 C 12 12 0 33 DEFVAL 0 0 Index 1 selectec Delete No Channel copied Copy Paste 10 Click All and then Apply Figure 14 Select Ports Web Configurator Microsoft Please select ports and click apply button E LETE NG OT OG VMM MM we VW V 012 VW Vv NW 1 9 9 Vv 11 Select Super Channel to allow the channel to forward frames belonging to multiple VLAN groups that are not assigned to other channels Enter the VPI and VCI that you need Leave the other default settings and click Add 37 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 15 Adding a New Channel AED xDSL Port Setup Super Channel VCI VC Profile PYID fo 1 4094 Priority DW Cancel Show Port ALL index Click to modify Port VPI VCI VC Profile PYID Priority Select Index 1 selected Delete No Channel copied Copy Paste 12 Click the new channel s Select radio button Click Copy and then Paste Figure 16 Copying the PVC JKL xDSL Port Setup Port fa x Super
81. 4 and sets the MSAP2000 AAMS s time zone to UTC Figure 86 Time Server Set Command Example ras gt sys timeserver set daytime 192 50 77 164 utc Log Show Command Syntax ras gt sys log show This command displays the system error log An example is shown next 164 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 87 Log Show Command Example ras gt sys log show 1 Wed Aug 11 20 37 11 2004 telnetd INFO Session Begin 2 Wed Aug 11 20 37 05 2004 telnetd INFO Session Begin 3 Wed Aug 11 20 36 56 2004 telnetd INFO Session Begin 25 2 19 Log Clear Command Syntax ras gt sys log clear This command clears the system error log Note If you clear a log using the log clear command you cannot view it again 25 2 20 Monitor Show Command Syntax ras gt sys monitor show This command displays the hardware monitor s statistics An example is shown next Figure 88 Monitor Show Command Example ras gt sys monitor show Hardware monitor status enabled limit hi limit lo v1 v 1 344 1 056 v2 v 1 944 1 656 v3 v 3 564 3 036 v4 v 19 440 16 560 t1 c 97 0 55 0 t2 c 97 0 55 0 t3 c 97 0 55 0 25 2 21 Monitor Vlimit Command Syntax ras gt sys monitor vlimit lt idx gt lt high gt lt low gt 165 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide where lt idx gt lt high gt lt low gt The index number of the sensor that can detect and report the voltage
82. 416 431 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 OO 00 00 00 tone 432 447 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 tone 448 463 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 tone 464 479 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 tone 480 495 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 tone 496 511 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 US carrier load number of bits per symbol tone tone 000 015 00 00 00 00 00 00 OO 05 07 08 09 Oa Oa Oa Ob Oc tone 016 031 Oc Oc Oc Oc Oc Oc Ob Oc Oc Ob Ob Oa Oa 09 09 08 tone 032 047 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 tone 048 063 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 82 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 24 Line Data LABEL DESCRIPTION Line Rate Click Line Rate to display an ADSL port s line operating values Line Performance Click Line Performance to display an ADSL port s line performance counters Port Use this drop down list box to select a port for which you wish to view information Refresh Click Refresh to display updated information Port Name This field displays the name of the ADSL port Bit Allocation DS carrier load displays the number in hexadecimal format of bits transmitted per DMT tone for the downstream channel from the MSAP2000 AAMS to the subscriber s DSL modem or router US carrier load
83. 6 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide eapol Reject EAPol packets EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol RFC 2486 over LAN EAP is used with IEEE 802 1x to allow additional authentication methods besides RADIUS to be deployed with no changes to the access point or the wireless clients igmp Reject IGMP packets Internet Group Multicast Protocol is used when sending packets to a specific group of hosts none Accept all packets This command sets the packet type filter for the specified ADSL port s The following example sets ADSL port 9 to reject ARP PPPoE and IGMP packets Figure 136 Packet Filter Set Command Example ras gt switch pktfilter set 9 arp pppoe igmp 217 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 28 IP Commands This chapter shows you how to use the ipcommands to configure the IP Internet Protocol parameters 28 1 IP Commands Introduction Use the MSAP2000 AAMS s management IP addresses to manage it through the network 28 2 IP Settings and Default Gateway Use the following command sequence to set the MSAP2000 AAMS s IP settings for the Ethernet 1 and 2 and DSL ports VID and default gateway With the Ethernet 1 and 2 and DSL ports you must connect to the MSAP2000 AAMS through a port that is a member of the management CPU VLAN in order to perform in band management 1 ras gt ip set lt new ip address gt lt netmask gt 2 ras gt ip gateway lt ip gt 3 ras gt con
84. 7 Static VLAN Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION VLAN Status Click VLAN Status to see which ports are members of which VLANs VLAN Port Click VLAN Port Setting to specify Port VLAN IDs PVIDs Setting VID This field displays the ID number of the VLAN group Click the number to edit the VLAN settings Active This field indicates whether the VLAN settings are enabled Yes or disabled No Name This field displays the descriptive name for this VLAN group 88 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 27 Static VLAN Setting continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Delete Select the check boxes of the rules that you want to remove in the Delete column and then click the Delete button You cannot delete a VLAN if any PVIDs are set to use the VLAN or the VLAN is the CPU management VLAN The DEFAULT VLAN cannot be deleted when a port s PVID refers to it The CPU VLAN also cannot be deleted Cancel Click Cancel to clear the Delete check boxes Active Select this check box to enable the VLAN You cannot disable a VLAN if any PVIDs are set to use the VLAN or the VLAN is the CPU management VLAN Name Enter a descriptive name for this VLAN group for identification purposes VLAN ID Enter the VLAN ID for this static VLAN entry the valid range is between 1 and 4094 Port The port numbers identify the MSAP2000 AAMS s ports Control Select Normal for the port to dynamically join this VLAN group using GVR
85. 92 168 1 233 The MSAP2000 AAMS leaves the factory with a default in band management IP address of 192 168 1 1 and a subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 ff ff ff 00 in hexadecimal notation and the default gateway set at 192 168 1 254 Make sure that you configure the IP parameters correctly before you connect an MSAP2000 AAMS to the network otherwise you may interrupt services already running 28 3 IP Commands Summary The following table lists the ip commands you can use with the MSAP2000 AAMS Table 62 IP Commands COMMAND DESCRIPTION ip show Displays the management IP address settings arp show Displays the device s IP Address Resolution Protocol status flush Clears the device s IP Address Resolution Protocol status set lt ip gt Sets the management IP address netmask and subnet mask gateway lt gateway ip gt Sets the IP address of the device s default gateway route show Displays the routing table set lt dst ip gt Add a routing table entry netmask lt gateway ip gt metric lt name gt 219 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 62 IP Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION default Sets the AAM s default route lt gateway ip gt lt metric gt delete lt dst ip gt Removes a routing table entry netmask flush Clears the routing table ping lt ip gt count Pings a remote host showall nopause
86. ADSL Lineperf Command Syntax statistics adsl lineperf lt portlist gt where lt portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt ora list of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt This command shows the line performance counters of an ADSL port An example is shown next Figure 145 Lineperf Command Example ras gt statistics adsl lineperf 1 port 1 Perf since boot up nfebe l nfebe ni 0 0 Far End CRC nerc l nere ni 0 0 Near End CRC nfecc l nfecc ni 4524 0 Far End Corrected FEC nfec l nfec ni 0 0 Near End Corrected FEC nblks ds nblks us 0 0 init ds init us 2 2 n es ds n es us 46 150 n ses ds n ses us 46 43 n uas ds n uas us 36 36 n lpr ds n lpr us 0 These counters display line performance data that has been accumulated since the system started The definitions of near end far end are relative to the ATU C ADSL Termination Unit Central Office Downstream ds refers to data from the ATU C and upstream us refers to data from the ATU R I stands for interleaved and ni stands for non interleaved fast mode 230 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide A block is a set of consecutive bits associated with the path each bit belongs to one and only one block Consecutive bits may not be contiguous in time Table 64 Line Performance Counters
87. ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or a list of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt lt vpi gt lt vci gt The VPI and VCI of an individual PVC This command deletes the specified PVC channel 189 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 27 Switch Commands This chapter describes how to configure some of the switch commands 27 1 Switch Commands Summary The following table lists the switch commands you can use with the MSAP2000 AAMS Table 61 Switch Commands COMMAND DESCRIPTION switch igmpsnoop show Displays the IGMP snooping setting enable Turns on IGMP snooping disable Turns off IGMP snooping Igmpfilter set lt port gt Sets an ADSL port s to use an IGMP lt name gt filter profile show portlist Displays which IGMP filter profile an ADSL port s is using profile set lt name gt Configures an IGMP filter profile lt index gt lt startip gt lt endip gt delete lt name gt Removes an IGMP filter profile show name Displays an IGMP filter profile s settings queuemap show Displays the system s priority level to physical queue mapping set lt priority gt Maps a priority level to a lt queue gt physical queue garptimer show Displays the GARP timer status join lt join msec gt Sets the GARP timer s Join Timer leave lt leave msec gt Sets the GARP timer
88. CHAPTER 25 Sys Commands This chapter describes the commonly used commands that belong to the sys system group of commands 25 1 Sys Commands Summary The following table lists the sys commands you can use with the MSAP2000 AAMS Table 59 Sys Commands COMMAND DESCRIPTION sys info show Displays general system information hostname lt hostname gt Sets the system name location lt location gt Sets location information contact lt contact gt Sets contact person information passwd Sets the system s administrator password reboot show sec can cel Sets the reboot timer or displays the timer and remaining time for reboot If a reboot has been scheduled use cancel to prevent a reboot snmp show Displays SNMP settings getcommunity lt community gt Sets the SNMP GetRequest community setcommunity lt community gt Sets the SNMP SetRequest community trapcommunity lt community gt Sets the SNMP Trap community trustedhost lt ip gt Sets the SNMP trusted host Set 0 0 0 0 to trust all hosts trapdst lt ip gt lt port gt Sets the SNMP trap server and listening port Set 0 0 0 0 to not send any SNMP traps server show Displays the device s service status and port numbers 154 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 59 Sys Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION enable lt telnet ftp web Turns
89. CRIPTION The Number Of This is the number of static multicast filters configured on the MSAP2000 AAMS Static Multicast Page X of X This identifies which page of information is displayed and the total number of pages of information Previous Next Click one of these buttons to show the previous next screen if all status information cannot be seen in one screen Reload Click this button to refresh the screen 94 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 30 Static Multicast continued LABEL DESCRIPTION groups The first table displays the names of the fields The subsequent tables show the settings of the IGMP Index This is the static multicast group index number MAC Address This is the multicast MAC address 1 12 These fields display the static multicast group membership status of the ADSL ports V displays for members and displays for non members Click an ADSL port s status to change it clicking a V changes it to and vise versa Join All Click Join All to make all of the ADSL ports members of the static multicast group Delete Click Delete to remove a static multicast group Adding new Entr Type a multicast MAC address in the field and click the Add button to create a new static multicast filter entry Clicking Add saves your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes
90. Channel E YPI fo VEI fo YC Profile DEFVAL v PVID fo 1 4094 Priority o v Add Cancel Show Port ALL v Index Click to modify Port VPI VCI VC Profile PVID Priority a 1 8 33 DEFVAL 0 0 Index 1 selected Delete index 1 Copie Copy Paste 13 Click All to select every port 14 Click Apply to paste the settings Figure 17 Select Ports 2 Web Configurator Microsoft Int Please select ports and click apply button 0 LL 2 GET oh AS 1 9 VMWMM WW WW VW 1 12 V VW NW select None Apply Cancel 15 Click Config Save and Config Save 38 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 18 Config Sa Basic Setting ve Menu Advanced Application Routing Protocol Management 16 Click Save Figure 19 Config Save Screen OIF EoD According to data entries Saving process may take 10 seconds to several minutes Save You can now use the device with the other settings set to the defaults to provide service to ADSL subscribers See the rest of this chapter for information on other default settings 4 3 Default Settings This table lists major default settings Table 5 Default Settings VLAN Default Settings One VLAN is created this is also the management VLAN VID 1 Registration Fixed for the Ethernet and ADSL ports Tagging Untagged for all ports STP Default Settings Enable Disable State Disabled O
91. DSL line MIB RFC 2662 BRIDGE MIB dot1dStp RSTP dot1dGarp GARP SNMP MIB II RFC 1215 The MSAP2000 AAMS can also respond with specific data from the ZyXEL private MIBs e ZyXEL mib e ZyXEL AS ATM mib e ZyXEL AESCommon mib e ZyXEL iesCommon mib RFC 1215 SNMP Traps The MSAP2000 AAMS can send the following SNMP traps defined in RFC 1215 to an SNMP manager when an event occurs Table 44 RFC 1215 SNMP Traps TRAP GENERIC SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION TRAP TRAP sendColdStartTrap O 0 This trap is sent when the AAMS is turned on sendWarmstart Trap 1 0 This trap is sent when restart the AAMS using the web configurator or the command line interface The trap will not be sent when you turn the power off and on N oO sendLinkDownTrap This trap is sent when the Ethernet link is down 117 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 44 RFC 1215 SNMP Traps TRAP GENERIC TRAP SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION TRAP sendAuthFailTrap sendLinkUpTrap 3 0 This trap is sent when the Ethernet or ADSL link is up 4 This trap is sent when an SNMP request comes from non authenticated hosts 118 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 18 3 3 ZyXEL Private MIB SNMP Traps The MSAP2000 AAMS can also send the following SNMP traps that are defined in the ZyXEL private MIBs Table 45 ZyXEL Private MIB SNMP Traps TRAP DESCRIPTION sendThermoFailureTrap This trap is sen
92. Displays the Annex L feature setting for the specified port s sra enable lt portlist gt Turns on Seamless Rate Adaptation SRA ADSL2 on the specified port s disable lt portlist gt Turns off SRA ADSL2 on the specified port s show lt portlist gt Displays the SRA ADSL2 setting for the specified port s pmm enable lt portlist gt Turns on the Power ManageMent feature on the specified port s disable lt portlist gt Turns off the Power ManageMent feature on the specified port s show lt portlist gt Displays the Power ManageMent feature setting for the specified port s 26 3 ADSL Command Examples These are the commonly used commands that belong to the ADSL group of commands 26 3 1 ADSL Show Command Syntax adsl show portlist where portlist You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or alist of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt This command shows the activation status ADSL mode maximum upstream and downstream rate settings profile and name of each ADSL port The following example displays information on ADSL port 5 173 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 26 3 2 26 3 3 Figure 91 ADSL Show Command Example ras gt adsl show 1 port enable mode up downstream profile Subscriber Info port name tel ADSL Enable Command Syntax adsl enable lt portlist gt where lt
93. ESCRIPTION Name Type a name to identify this static route Use up to 31 ASCII characters Spaces and tabs are not allowed Destination IP This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is Address always based on network number If you need to specify a route to a single host use a subnet mask of 255 255 255 255 in the subnet mask field to force the network number to be identical to the host ID IP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask for this destination 123 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 50 Static Routing continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Gateway IP Enter the IP address of the gateway The gateway is an immediate neighbor of your Address AAM that will forward the packet to the destination The gateway must be a router on the same segment as your AAM Metric The metric represents the cost of transmission for routing purposes IP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks Enter a number that approximates the cost for this link The number need not be precise but it must be between 1 and 15 In practice 2 or 3 is usually a good number Add Click Add to save the new rule to the AAMS s volatile memory It then displays in the summary table at the bottom of the screen The AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your c
94. IGMP groups Index This is the IGMP group index number VID The VID is the PVID the Port VLAN ID assigned to untagged frames or priority tagged frames received on this port IP Address This is the IP address of an IP multicast group member 1 12 ENET1 These columns display which ports are members of the IGMP snooping group ENET2 93 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER10 Static Multicast This chapter describes the Static Multicast screen 10 1 Static Multicast Filter Use the static multicast filter to allow incoming frames based on multicast MAC address es that you specify This feature can be used in conjunction with IGMP snooping to allow multicast MAC address es that are not learned by IGMP snooping Use the static multicast filter to pass routing protocols such as RIP and OSPF 10 2 Static Multicast Screen Click Advanced Application and then Static Multicast in the navigation panel to display the Static Multicast screen as shown next Figure 43 Static Multicast EE Multicast J The Number Of Static Multicast 1 Page 1 of 1 Previous Reload Next Index MAC Address 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 01 00 5e 0a 0a 0a Join All y y y Vv Vv Y Adding new entry PI E i m Ada To join leave a multicast group click the port status 9 10 12 11 Delete v v The following table describes the related labels in this screen Table 30 Static Multicast LABEL DES
95. Line Data Use this screen to go to screens for configuring profiles for the DSL ports Use this screen to go to screens for viewing DSL line operating values bit allocation and performance counters Advanced Application VLAN Use this screen to go to screens for viewing and configuring the VLAN settings IGMP Snooping Use this screen to configure IGMP snooping and display the results Static Multicast Filtering Use this screen to configure static multicast filter entries Use this screen to configure packet filtering MAC Filter Use this screen to configure MAC filtering for each port Spanning Tree Use this screen to go to screens for displaying Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol Protocol RSTP information and configuring RSTP settings Port Use this screen to go to screens for configuring RADIUS and IEEE Authentication 802 1x security settings i Use this screen to limit the number of MAC address that can be learned Port Security on a port DHCP Relay Use this screen to configure the DHCP relay settings Syslog Use this screen to configure the syslog settings Access Control Use this screen to configure the system login password and configure SNMP and remote management Routing Protocol Static Routing Use this screen to configure static routes A static route defines how the MSAP2000 AAMS should forward traffic by configuring the TCP IP parameters manually M
96. MSAP2000 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide V2 5 ZyXEL Technologies Inc MSAP2000 Multi Service Access Platform Copyright Copyright 2004 2008 by ZyXEL Technologies Inc The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole transcribed stored in a retrieval system translated into any language or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of ZyXEL Published by ZyXEL Technologies Inc All rights reserved Disclaimer ZyXEL does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products or software described herein Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the patent rights of others ZyXEL further reserves the right to make changes in any products described herein without notice This publication is subject to change without notice Trademark MSAP2000 and OptiCore are the trademarks belong to ZyXEL Other trademarks mentioned in this publication are used for identification purposes only and may be properties of their respective owners MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Interference Statements and Warnings FCC Statement This switch complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This switch may not cause harmful interference 2 This switch must accept any interference received including interfe
97. MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 4 Login Screen Enter Network Password 2 x Please type your user name and password Site 192 168 1 1 Realm AAM1212 51 at Thu Jan 01 18 18 52 1970 User Name admin Password HE I Save this password in pour password list esel pre 3 3 Home Screen This is the web configurator s Home screen Figure5 Home Screen Click Home to view Home E Logout MENU Basic Setting COLIND Advanced Application System Up Time O days 22 35 57 gt Routing Protocol ENET Status Port Name Media Duplex Up Time gt Alarm Down enett i Management 2 Up enet2 100copper full duplex 22 34 43 a Config Save xDSL Status Mode Up Down stream Interleave Fast Up Time Up adsl2 508 2044 Interleave 22 33 40 Down l Down I Down I Down I Down I Down I I I I I Navigation Panel Down Down Down Down Down Politena O Setenat Stop Por r Clear Counter Reset ko foo fa en fen fee o 1 Se ls 30 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide In the navigation panel click a main link to reveal a list of submenu links Click a submenu link to go to the corresponding screen Table 3 Navigation Panel Sub links Overview Basic Setting Advanced Application Routing Protocol Management Config S Advanced Application Basic ting Routing Protocol Management Config Save Routing Protocol tting Adva d Application Man
98. NMP traps 157 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 25 2 4 25 2 4 1 25 2 4 2 25 2 4 3 SNMP Commands Use the following commands to configure SNMP for the MSAP2000 AAMS Get Community Command Syntax sys snmp getcommunity lt community gt where lt community gt The password for the incoming Get and GetNext requests from the management station Enter this command with the community to set the password Set Community Command Syntax sys snmp setcommunity lt community gt where lt community gt The password for the incoming Set requests from the management station Enter this command with the community to set the password Trusted Host Set Command Syntax sys snmp trusthost set lt ip gt where lt ip gt The IP address of a trusted host Use this command to add the host IP address to the list of trusted hosts If you enter a trusted host your MSAP2000 AAMS will only respond to SNMP messages from this address If you leave the trusted host set to 0 0 0 0 default the MSAP2000 AAMS will respond to all SNMP messages it receives regardless of source 158 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 25 2 4 4 Trap Community Command 25 2 4 5 25 2 4 6 25 2 5 Syntax sys snmp trapcommunity lt community gt where lt community gt The password sent with each trap to the SNMP manager Enter this command with the community to set the password Trap Destination Set Command Syntax s
99. Our bridge ID Unique identifier for this bridge consisting of bridge priority plus MAC address This ID is the same in Designated root ID if MSAP2000 AAMS is the root Designated root ID Switch Unique identifier for the root bridge consisting of bridge priority plus MAC address This tD is the same in Our bridge ID if the MSAP2000 AAMS is the root switch Topology change This is the number of times the spanning tree has been reconfigured times 7i F Thisistheti f Cost to root This is the path cost from the root port on this MSAP2000 AAMS to the root witch Root port ID This is the priority and number of the port on the MSAP2000 AAMS through which this MSAP2000 AAMS must communicate with the root of the Spanning Tree Ox0000 displays when this device is the root switch Root max age second This is the maximum time in seconds the root switch can wait without receiving a configuration message before attempting to reconfigure Root hello time second This is the time interval in seconds at which the root switch transmits a configuration message The root bridge determines Hello Time Max Age and Forwarding Delay Root forward delay second This is the time in seconds the root switch will wait before changing states that is listening to learning to forwarding Max age second This is the maximum time in seconds the AAM can wait without receiving a configuration
100. P This is available for the Ethernet ports Select Fixed for the port to be a permanent member of this VLAN group Use the Select All button to include every port Select Forbidden if you want to prohibit the port from joining this VLAN group Use the Select All button to include every port You cannot change a port from the fixed state to another state if the port s PVID is set to this VLAN The VLAN must have at least one port set to the fixed status if the VLAN is the CPU management VLAN Tagging Select Tx Tagging if you want the port to tag all outgoing frames transmitted with this VLAN group ID Use the All button to include every port Use the None button to clear all of the ports check boxes Add Click Add to save your settings The VLAN then displays in the summary table at the top of the screen Clicking Add saves your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring the screen again 8 6 VLAN Port Setting Click Advanced and then VLAN in the navigation panel and then the VLAN Port Setting link to display the screen as shown next Use this screen to specify port VLAN IDs and to set whether or not Ethernet ports propagate VLAN information to oth
101. R 25 Sys Commands morrnrrvrevrrsrvrrevvrsvvreversrevreversererserserersereesersereesersesesersersesernne I 25 1 Sys Commands GUMMAN pecsi a PTE TETT 25 2 1 Info Show COMMANGA cece ececcccseccecceccecceccesccecseccacescceevscceacescsaccasseccaeesecnaceeceaseasene 25 2 2 Password Command Q 0 ceccccccceccecccecceccececcsccscescsecsceacsecsesacsecaeacsecseeacsecaeacsecaceaseees 25 2 3 SNMP Overview nun unnnnunnnnnnnininnnnnnmnmnmnmnnnmmnnnnninnnnn Sys Command ER nar eae 137 137 137 137 139 140 2524 SNMP C mmands oessa aanak a a a eia a aaia 199 25 2 5 Server SHOW COMMANG ccccecssesesesesesesesesestscsescececscscessecscscscscsesesesssesestseacsees 25 2 6 Server Port Command 00 cece ce csesesseceececesescavscsssecsssstavscsevscssessaneeeees 25 2 7 Client Show Command o oo ccccccccscssecesecececcsesesescscecececscscscsasasececscscacssscusssscsvsvavsvaeee 25238 Client Set Command esanian e NEE sn 159 160 160 a 161 25 2 9 Syslog Show Command sorsrnrrsrvsrvrrsrnsrversrvsrversersrversevsnversenenversensnversenesserersesserersens LOL 25 2 10 25 2 11 25 2 12 25 2 13 Time Set Command sosrnnrnrsrsnrnrnnnnrnrnrsnrnrvennsnenrsnrnenenernenesnenerenssnenesesseressssesessssesenennr 162 25 2 14 Date Show Command mrsrsrvnstsnsnsnnrrnenrnrnrnrnrnrrrrseersnrrrsereresesesesesssssssseseseseseseneen 162 25 215 Dat Set Command
102. R2 Hardware Specification 0 ccc cccccssesecseeseesesseeecseeeecseesesseeseeeeeaeeees 24 BW e d ET RE RE NE a ae ace nate a hae cart ih fae as 24 21 1 For ACCESS POMS 2 25 212 Fron Panel LEDS arinina an ARARA EA erie haa atdet 26 2 1 3 Console Port via MSAP2000 MPM cc ccccccccseescseseeeeseeseecsessesecsesseeeseeeeees 27 2 1 4 Notes About MDFs Main Distribution Frames mmsrsrrnrsvroronrrnroronrrvrrrenrrnrrrennnrnr 27 21 5 Hardware Speciication airepean eaa Acai A a Ae AERE 28 CH A P T E R3 Web Configurator Introduction ccccceeseeseeeceseeseeeeeeseeeceeeeeseeecaeeaeeees 29 3 1 Web Contigurator Over len ii cisisscncnnictarnch ancien ARN 29 3 2 Accessing the Web Configurator ccccccccececeseseeseccececesesesececseeceacsesececaeeeeaeeeeeeeeaeeetateesees 29 Jo PNL 5 5 29 0 HEN eee ame te eae re et ne a eer env ie een ee ere rte et ee eter eee ate 30 FT ST TOUR LON ur ANON RA 33 35 Changing Your Password seisseen anaE a A a Enina EAE nn 33 3 6 Logging Out of the Web Configurator ccccccccceseceseeeeseeceeeceseseseeecaeeeeaeeeeeeecaeeetateesees 33 GHAPT ER lalilal Goriguralon vhnvauassmesesmmeneimnmerimemmeaemnintvivne 34 4 1 Initial Configuration Overview rorsrsnrsnavrnvrnrnnrnvrnrnvrnnrnrrnrnnrnrnnennrnrnnennrnrnnennrnennensrnennensrnennennnne 34 RE Ke ET Tee ERE EE 34 23 Po SoS Jupp i Ree 39 CH A P TER 5 Home and Port Statistics STENE dk N 41 5 1 Home and Port Statistics Screens Over
103. SL Profile Set Command Syntax adsl profile set lt profile gt lt fast interleave lt up delay gt lt down delay gt gt lt up max rate gt lt down max rate gt lt up target margin gt lt up min margin gt lt up max margin gt lt up min rate gt lt down target margin gt lt down min margin gt lt down max margin gt lt down min rate gt where lt profile gt The descriptive name for the profile lt fastlinterleave The latency mode With interleave lt up you must also define the upstream delay gt lt down and downstream delay 1 255 ms It delay gt gt is recommended that you configure the same delay for both upstream lt up max rate gt The maximum ADSL upstream transmission rate 64 4096 Kbps 175 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide lt down max rate gt 64 lt up target margin gt lt up min margin gt margin lt up max margin gt margin lt up min rate gt lt down target margin gt lt down min margin gt lt down max margin gt lt down min rate gt The maximum ADSL downstream transmission rate 32000 Kbps The target ADSL upstream signal noise margin 0 31db The minimum acceptable ADSL upstream signal noise 0 31db The maximum acceptable ADSL upstream signal noise 0 31 db The minimum ADSL upstream transmission rate 64 4096 Kbps The target ADSL downstream signal noise margin 0 31db The minimum acceptable ADSL downstream signal noise ma
104. SL port or ports 1 Select the number of the DSL port from which you want to copy settings 2 Select the settings that you want to copy 3 Click Paste and the following screen appears 4 Select to which ports you want to copy the settings Use All to select every port Use None to clear all of the check boxes 5 Click Apply to paste the settings 4 web Configurator Microsoft Inte Please select ports and click apply button 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 9 VMM MM MM PV V 10 12 V V VW select An None Apply Cancel Active Select this check box to copy this port s active setting This is configured in the xDSL Port Setting screen Customer Info Select this check box to copy this port s subscriber information This is configured in the xDSL Port Setting screen Customer Tel Select this check box to copy this port s subscriber s telephone number This is configured in the xDSL Port Setting screen 2 Features Select this check box to copy this port s ADSL2 feature settings These are configured in the xDSL Port Setting screen Profile amp Mode Select this check box to copy this port s port profile settings and ADSL operational mode The port profile settings are configured in the xDSL Profiles Setup screen The ADSL operational mode is configured in the xDSL Port Setting screen IGMP Filter Select this check box to copy this port s IGMP filter settings These are configured in the IGMP Filter P
105. TION Return Click this link to go back to the Home screen xDSL Port Use this drop down list box to select a port for which you wish to view statistics This field identifies the port described in this screen Port Name This field displays the name that you have configured for the port Tx packets This field shows the number of packets transmitted on this port Rx packets This field shows the number of packets received on this port Tx broadcast packets This field shows the number of packets transmitted on this port Rx broadcast packets This field shows the number of broadcast packets received on this port Tx discard packets This field shows the number of outgoing packets that were dropped on this port Rx discard packets This field shows the number of received packets that were dropped on this port Errors This field shows the number of error packets on this port Tx rate This field shows the number of kilobvtes per second transmitted on this port Rx rate This field shows the number of kilobytes per second received on this port 46 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 8 ADSL Port Statistics continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Tx bytes This field shows the number of kilobytes that have been transmitted on this port Rx bytes This field shows the number of kilobytes that have been received on this port VPIVCI This field displays the Virtual Path Identifier VPI and Vir
106. These switch commands allow you to configure and monitor the IEEE 802 1Q Tagged VLAN GARP Timer Show Command Syntax ras gt switch garptimer show This command shows the MSAP2000 AAMS s GARP timer settings including the join leave and leave all timers An example is shown next Figure 113 GARP Timer Show Command Example ras gt switch garptimer show join time ms 200 leave time ms 600 leaveall time ms 10000 GARP Timer Join Command Syntax ras gt switch garptimer join lt join msec gt where lt join msec gt This sets the duration of the Join Period timer for GVRP in milliseconds Each port has a Join Period timer The allowed Join Time range is between 100 and 32767 milliseconds the default is 200 milliseconds 201 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 27 8 3 27 8 4 This command sets the MSAP2000 AAMS s join period timer for GVRP in milliseconds Switches join VLANs by making a declaration A declaration is made by issuing a Join message using GARP GARP timers set declaration timeout values The following example sets the Join Timer to 300 milliseconds Figure 114 GARP Timer Join Command Example ras gt switch garptimer join 300 GARP Timer Leave Command Syntax ras gt switch garptimer leave lt leave msec gt where lt leave msec gt This sets the duration of the Leave Period timer for GVRP in milliseconds Each port has a single Leave Period timer
107. a super channel The 14004 super channel can forward frames belonging to lt priority gt multiple VLAN groups that are not assigned to other channels A channel that is not the super channel can only forward frames with a single VLAN ID that is configured on that channel The AAM would drop any frames received from the subscriber that are tagged with another VLAN ID Use the default VID 1 to 4094 to set this channel as a normal channel Each PVC must have a unique VID since the AAM forwards traffic back to the subscribers based on the VLAN ID You must assign a default VID 1 to 4094 and IEEE 802 1p default priority 0 to 7 to normal channels Each PVC must have a unique VID since the AAM forwards traffic back to the subscribers based on the VLAN ID The priority value 0 to 7 is to add to incoming frames without a IEEE 802 1p priority tag lt vcprofile gt Assign a virtual channel profile to the PVC 188 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 26 5 3 This command allows the configuration of a PVC permanent virtual circuit for one or a range of ADSL ports The following example sets a PVC on ADSL port 1 with VPI 1 VCI 34 default VID 100 priority 3 and the DEFVAL_VC profile Figure 106 PVC Set Command Example ras gt adsl pvc set 1 1 34 100 3 DEFVAL_VC PVC Delete Command Syntax adsl pvc delete lt portlist gt lt vpi gt lt vci gt where lt portlist gt You can specify a single
108. agement Config System Information VLAN General Setup IGMP Snooping switch Setup Static Multicast Filtering ort 8 MAC Filter L Port Se Spanning Tree Protocol Profile up Port Authentication DSL Line Data Port Security CHOP Retay SysLog ontral Management Config Save setting Application otocol Maintenance Diagnostic MAC Table RP Tabl ig Application uting Protocol Management Contig Save The following table briefly describes the functions of the screens that you open by clicking the navigation panel s sub links Table 4 Web Configurator Screens Basic Settings System Info Use this screen to display general system and hardware monitoring information General Setup Use this screen to configure general identification information about the MSAP2000 AAMS and the time and date settings 31 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 4 Web Configurator Screens continued LINK DESCRIPTION Switch Setup Use this screen to set up global switch parameters such as IGMP snooping MAC address learning GARP and priority queues IP Setup Use this screen to configure the system and management IP addresses and subnet masks ENET Port Setup Use this screen to configure settings for the Ethernet ports xDSL Port Setup Use this screen to go to screens for configuring settings for individual DSL ports xDSL Profiles Setup xDSL
109. agement to port level control and monitoring you can configure and manage your network via the web browser In addition the MSAP2000 AAMS can also be managed via Telnet the console port or third party SNMP management 1 2 System Description 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Ports The MSAP2000 AAMS has two 10 100Mbps auto negotiating auto crossover Ethernet ports that allow you to e Connect the MSAP2000 AAMS to GbE a second level switch thru system backplane Rear access wring to external switches RJ 45 connectors There are six RJ 45 connectors at AAMS front panel e Top three are for line connection LINE Bottom three are for voice connection POTS The voice traffic comes from FXS backplane wiring posts should go into POTS connector The voice traffic will then go to the built in splitter to combine ADSL traffic The combined traffic voice amp ADSL service will finally come out from LINE connector 19 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Console Port thru Ul menu from MSAP2000 MPM Use the console port for local management of the MSAP2000 AAMS refer to Ul operation manual IP Protocols IP Host No routing Telnet for configuration and monitoring SNMP for management SNMP MIB II RFC 1213 SNMP v1 RFC 1157 SNMPv2 SNMPv2c or later version compliant with RFC 2011 SNMPv2 MIB for IP RFC 2012 SNMPv2 MIB for TCP RFC 2013 SNMPv2 MIB for UDP Ethernet MIBs RFC 1643 Bridge MIBs RFC 1493 2674 SMI RFC 1155 Mu
110. ample removes the source MAC address of 00 a0 c5 12 34 56 from the MAC filter for ADSL port 5 Figure 130 MAC Filter Delete Command Example ras gt switch mac filter delete 5 00 a0 c5 12 34 56 MAC Count Commands Use MAC count commands to limit how many MAC addresses may be dynamically learned or statically configured on an ADSL port MAC count commands are listed next MAC Count Show Command Syntax switch mac count show portlist where portlist You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or alist of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt This command displays the MAC count settings on the specified ADSL port s or on all ADSL ports if no port is specified The following example displays the MAC count settings for ADSL port 4 Figure 131 MAC Count Show Command Example ras gt switch mac count show 4 port status count 4 V 1024 27 12 2 MAC Count Enable Command Syntax switch mac count enable lt portlist gt 213 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 27 12 3 27 12 4 where lt portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or alist of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt This command enables the MAC count filter on the specified ADSL port s You can only enable the MAC count filter on ADSL ports that do not have the MAC fi
111. anagement Maintenance Use this screen to perform firmware and configuration file maintenance as well as restart the system Diagnostic Use this screen to view system logs and test port s MAC Table Use this screen to view the MAC addresses and types of devices attached to what ports and VLAN IDs ARP Table Use this screen to view the MAC address to IP address resolution table Config Save Use this screen to save the device s configuration into the nonvolatile Config Save memory the MSAP2000 AAMS s storage that remains even if the MSAP2000 AAMS s power is turned off 32 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 3 4 Saving Your Configuration Click Apply in a configuration screen when you are done modifying the settings in that screen to save your changes back to the run time memory Settings in the run time memory are lost when the MSAP2000 AAMS s power is turned off Click Config Save in the navigation panel and then the Save button to save your configuration to nonvolatile memory Nonvolatile memory refers to the MSAP2000 AAMS s storage that remains even if the MSAP2000 AAMS s power is turned off Note Use Config Save when you are done with a configuration session 3 5 Changing Your Password After you log in for the first time it is recommended you change the default Administrator password in the Logins screen Click Advanced Application Access Control and then Logins to display the next scree
112. and adds the specified information for the relay agent 27 6 IEEE 802 1Q Tagged VLAN Overview See the web configurator chapter on VLAN for more information on VLANs There are two kinds of tagging 1 Explicit Tagging A VLAN identifier is added to the frame header that identifies the source VLAN 2 Implicit Tagging The MAC Media Access Control number the port or other information is used to identify the source of a VLAN frame The IEEE 802 1Q Tagged VLAN uses both explicit and implicit tagging 27 7 Filtering Databases A filtering database stores and organizes VLAN registration information useful for switching frames to and from the MSAP2000 AAMS A filtering database consists of a static entries Static VLAN or SVLAN table and dynamic entries Dynamic VLAN or DVLAN table 200 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 27 7 1 27 7 2 27 8 Static Entries SVLAN Table Static entry registration information is added modified and removed by administrators only Dynamic Entries DVLAN Table Dynamic entries are learned by the MSAP2000 AAMS and cannot be created or updated by administrators The MSAP2000 AAMS learns this information by observing what port source address and VLAN ID or VID is associated with a frame Entries are added and deleted using GARP VLAN Registration Protocol GVRP where GARP is the Generic Attribute Registration Protocol IEEE VLAN1Q Tagged VLAN Configuration Commands 27 8 1 27 8 2
113. annel profiles Alarm Profile Click Alarm Profile to open the Alarm Profile screen where you can configure limits that trigger an alarm when exceeded 77 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 21 IGMP Filter Profile continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Index This is the number of the IGMP filter profile Click a profile s index number to edit the profile You cannot edit the DEFVAL profile Name This name identifies the IGMP filter profile Delete Select the Delete check box and click Delete to remove an IGMP filter profile You cannot delete the DEFVAL profile Name Type a name to identify the IGMP filter profile you cannot change the name of the DEFVAL profile You can use up to 31 ASCII characters spaces are not allowed Start IP Enter the starting multicast IP address for a range of multicast IP addresses to which you want this IGMP filter profile to allow access End IP Enter the ending multicast IP address for a range of IP addresses to which you want this IGMP filter profile to allow access If you want to add a single multicast IP address enter it in both the Start IP and End IP fields Add Click Add to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done
114. are received and processed Information frames are submitted to the learning process but not forwarded Forwarding Forwarding All BPDUs are received and processed All information frames are received and forwarded 13 2 STP Status Click Advanced Application Spanning Tree Protocol in the navigation panel to display the status screen as shown next Figure 46 Spanning Tree Protocol Status Spanning Tree Protocol Status STP Config Spanning Tree Protocol On Bridge Status Our bridge ID 8000 001349bade21 Designated root ID 8000 001349bade21 Topology change times 0 Time since change 0 00 05 Costto root 0 Root port ID 0x0000 Root max age second 20 Root hello time second 2 Root forward delay second 15 Max age second 20 Hello time second 2 Forward delay second 15 Port Status ENET1 ENET2 State discarding Disabled Port ID Ox800d Path cost 4 Cost to root 0 Designated bridge 0000 000000000000 Designated port 0x0000 Poll Intervals jao Set Interval Stop The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 35 Spanning Tree Protocol Status LABEL DESCRIPTION STP Config Click STP Config to modify the MSAP2000 AAMS s STP settings Spanning Tree This field displays On if STP is activated Otherwise it displays Off Protocol 102 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 35 Spanning Tree Protocol Status continued LABEL DESCRIPTION
115. assigned to this port Mode This field shows which ADSL operational mode the port is set to use Channels This field displays the number of PVCs Permanent Virtual Circuits that are configured for this port 7 7 1 xDSL Port Setting Click Basic Setting xDSL Port Setup in the navigation panel and then a port s index number to open the following screen Figure 29 xDSL Port Setting ORGS 20S ED Last Page Port 1 General Setup Active Customer Info Customer Tel Profile DEFVAL Mode auto Alarm Profile DEFVAL IGMP Filter Profile DEFVAL ADSL2 2 feature Annex L disable PMM disable SRA enable H jil gt E MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 16 xDSL Port Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Last Page Click this to return to the previous screen Active Select this check box to turn on this ADSL port Customer Info Enter information to identify the subscriber connected to this ADSL port You can use up to 31 printable ASCII characters including spaces and hyphens Customer Tel Enter information to identify the telephone number of the subscriber connected to this ADSL port You can use up to 15 ASCII characters including spaces and hyphens Profile Select a profile of ADSL settings such as the transfer rate interleave delay and signal to noise ratio settings to assign to this por
116. ata lt portlist gt Displays the line data load per symbol tone lineinfo lt portlist gt Displays the statistics of the specified ADSL ports lineperf lt portlist gt Displays the line quality of the specified ADSL port linerate lt portlist gt Displays the line rate 15mperf lt portlist gt Displays line performance statistics count lt 0 96 gt for the current and previous 15 minute periods 1dayperf lt portlist gt Displays line performance statistics for the current and previous 24 hours 152 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 58 Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION igmpsnoop Displays IGMP snooping statistics rstp Displays RSTP statistics vian vlanlist Displays current VLANs mac Displays the current MAC address forwarding table port lt portlist gt This command displays and or lt vpi gt lt vci gt erases port statistics clear dot1x portlist Displays IEEE 802 1x statistics enet Displays Ethernet port settings and statistics ip Displays a management port s status and performance data showall nopause Displays all statistics configuration config show lt sys swladsl Displays the device s configuration ip stat all gt nopause save Saves the current configuration restore Reloads the factory default configuration exit Ends the console or telnet session 153 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide
117. avaceaceaeaces 26 5 1 26 5 3 CHAPTER 27 Switch Commands 27 1 Switch Commands Summary cece csssssessscsessessessessesscssessesscsuesssuesessuesessesesseeseeseseeses 27 2 IGMP Filter Commands cccccccceccccecececccceseccsceccececececcsceccececssvavscecsacecaceavacececacasesvateceseecaee 27 2 1 ADSL Show Command esis cssssssntascssiscsssassediocdscacavsussassdvandonsssansnbiesanoncdosansedbdoasincancanss ADSL Enable Command ccccccccccccesccccesccsceeccssceccesccscesecsessecsessccscescesecaussseavrens ADSL Disable Command ce ccccccccsceccecceccecseccesccecssccssssccscescasceessccaeesscnaveneeaees ADSL Profile Show Command cece ccc cececscecsccceeeseceeceeecesscceseceaccnaccsecueeaeees ADSL Profile Set Command osrononoronorererennvnvnnnvnsnseserrenevenevenenenrsnsnsnsnsnsssesrersnnvenen ADSL Profile Delete Command cece ccescecceceseecceceeescseceevsesecsevseseeseees ADSL Profile Map Command ujcqm eoednisniiseredsrunmusiiiiskssiiseinnitnrniis rst ADSL Name Commmanng ccccccccscsccscscscscssssssecsesesesesessucscscscscscsessecscsesestsvsnsnsnseeseses ADSL Tel Command uuoespmemninenerinninneivninjjiuerijejnnep ADSL Loopback Command sssini i Line Diagnostics Set Command ccccccccccccssessessssessessssecsesscsecsesscsessesseseceesseees 168 whee a173 174 174 175 a175 sa DET 177 178 178 179 180
118. ay an ADSL port s line performance counters Line Data Click Line Data to display an ADSL port s line bit allocation Port Use this drop down list box to select a port for which you wish to view information Refresh Click Refresh to display updated information Port Name This field displays the name of the ADSL port The rate fields display the transmission rates Line Down indicates that the ADSL port is not connected to a subscriber Down up Stream These are the rates in Kbps at which the port has been sending and Rate receiving data Down up Stream These are the DSL line s downstream and upstream noise margins Noise Margin Measured in decibels dB Down up Stream These are the reductions in amplitude of the downstream and upstream DSL Attenuation signals Measured in decibels dB Down up Stream These are the highest theoretically possible transfer rates in Kbps at which Attainable Rate the port could send and receive data Service Mode This field displays the ADSL standard that the port is using G dmt G lite or ANSI T1 413 issue 2 ADSL2 ADSL2 ETSI Trellis Encoding This field displays whether Trellis encoding is turned on or off Trellis encoding helps to reduce the noise in ADSL transmissions Trellis may reduce throughput but it makes the connection more stable Down Stream This field displays the number of milliseconds of interleave delay for Interleave Delay do
119. ccccccccccccccccccccececcececcececescscsceecscsccesvsceececsestavaceecscseneees 14 1 2 Introduction to Local User Database snorsvvorvrvrvr vr vroveveveverervnveseserenenrererereesenen 14 2 1 FE 802 1x Foldede CH A P T E R1 5 Port SQCurrity ccccccscssssssssssssvassnssevessenscsnscotsreesoenensosvonsnenssentsessseseseesenssonononse 151 About Port Selg cuccon A EE N 106 106 106 106 106 108 110 110 110 112 16 1 DHCP Relay RE Le 16 1 1 DHCP Relay Agent Information sccsscsssccsssssssssscsssesssasnsecnsesssnsnsesnssensessoesnee LIZ 16 2 DHOP Relay Sec EEE A CHAPTER TI Syeikh a LA TIN LT EE RE CH A P T E R1 8Access Contro 18 1 About Access Control esamesei area ae 115 18 2 Access Control vt Va Lummmsammnmannanskninn uvninanujmnsujivvauene LS 193 About SNMP iii eaea a a aG 1831 Supported OU EE Ut 18 3 2 RFC 1215 SNMP Traps 117 16 33 ZyXEL Private MIB SNMP Trap Quumemnmnenvesnnenseeimeemeisevunenn 119 EE ETTE LE le 18 3 5 Setting Up the Administrator Login Account asossivvevorevervrvrvrererrverrvereserssersserssee 120 18 3 6 Service Access Control Configuration 121 18 3 7 Secured Client Configuration nuqgnvemnenneemmseinimnmnnniuvenn 122 CH AP TE R19 Routing Protocol qossrrvvvvvvvvvvevrerereeereresesesesesererr 123 TT PRE hj CH A P T E R2 0 Maintenance soonnrrrnrrsrnrnsrvenersrnensrvenersrvensrverersrsensssevenersenensevenersenensssere
120. ch as bulk transfers that are allowed but that should not affect other applications and users Level 0 Typically used for best effort traffic Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 54 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 6 6 IP Setup Click Basic Setting and then IP Setup in the navigation panel to display the screen as shown Use this screen to configure the system and management IP addresses and subnet masks Figure 26 IP Setup IP Setup IP IP mask Default Gateway 192 168 1 254 fisz 168 1 1 lass 255 255 0 Apply IP setting Cancel Apply Gateway setting Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 12 IP Setup IP Enter the IP address of your MSAP2000 AAMS in dotted decimal notation for example 1 2 3 4 IP Mask Apply IP setting Enter the IP subnet mask of your MSAP2000 AAMS in dotted decimal notation for example 255 255 255 0 Click Apply IP setting to save your changes to the device s IP address and or subnet mask to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so
121. ch is the password for incoming Set requests from the management station You can use up to 31 ASCII characters spaces are not allowed Trap Community Enter the trap community which is the password sent with each trap to the SNMP manager You can use up to 31 ASCII characters spaces are not allowed Trap Destination Enter the IP address of a station to send your SNMP traps to Port Enter the port number upon which the station listens for SNMP traps Trusted Host A trusted host is a computer that is allowed to use SNMP with AAMS 0 0 0 0 allows any computer to use SNMP to access the MSAP2000 AAMS Specify an IP address to allow only the computer with that IP address to use SNMP to access the MSAP2000 AAMS Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 18 3 5 Setting Up the Administrator Login Account Click Advanced Application and Access Control from the navigation panel and then Logins from the Access Control screen to open the following screen Note It is highly recommended that you change the default administrator password 1234 Figure 58 Access Control Logins Ad
122. ch network administrators perform network management functions It executes applications that control and monitor managed devices The managed devices contain object variables managed objects that define each piece of information to be collected about a switch Examples of variables include such as number of packets received node port status etc A Management Information Base MIB is a collection of managed objects SNMP allows a manager and agents to communicate for the purpose of accessing these objects 116 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 18 3 1 18 3 2 SNMP itself is a simple request response protocol based on the manager agent model The manager issues a request and the agent returns responses using the following protocol operations Table 43 SNMP Commands COMMAND DESCRIPTION Get Allows the manager to retrieve an object variable from the agent GetNext Allows the manager to retrieve the next object variable from a table or list within an agent In SNMPv1 when a manager wants to retrieve all elements of a table from an agent it initiates a Get operation followed by a series of GetNext operations Set Allows the manager to set values for object variables within an agent Trap Used by the agent to inform the manager of some events Supported MIBs MIBs let administrators collect statistics and monitor status and performance The MSAP2000 AAMS supports the following MIBs MIB I IF MIB and A
123. changes a new spanning tree is constructed In RSTP the devices send BPDUs every Hello Time If an RSTP aware device does not get a Hello BPDU after three Hello Times pass or the Max Age the device assumes that the link to the neighboring bridge is down This device then initiates negotiations with other devices to reconfigure the network to re establish a valid network topology In STP once a stable network topology has been established all devices listen for Hello BPDUs transmitted from the root bridge If an STP aware device does not get a Hello BPDU after a predefined interval Max Age the device assumes that the link to the root bridge is down This device then initiates negotiations with other devices to reconfigure the network to re establish a valid network topology RSTP assigns three port states to eliminate packet looping while STP assigns five see following table A device port is not allowed to go directly from blocking state to forwarding state so as to eliminate transient loops Table 34 RSTP Port States RSTP PORT STP PORT DESCRIPTION STATE STATE Discarding Disabled STP is disabled default Discarding Blocking Only configuration and management BPDUs are received and processed Discarding Listening All BPDUs are received and processed 101 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 34 RSTP Port States RSTP PORT STP PORT DESCRIPTION STATE STATE Learning Learning All BPDUs
124. ckup Text Configuration Click Here link and then click File and Save as 2 In the Save As screen choose a location to save the file on your computer from the Save in drop down list box and type a descriptive name for it in the File name list box Click Save to save the configuration file to your computer Note See the chapters on commands to edit the configuration text file You can change the dat file to a txt file and still upload it to the MSAP2000 AAMS 20 5 Load Factory Defaults From the Maintenance screen use Restore Default Configuration to clear all MSAP2000 AAMS configuration information you configured and return to the factory defaults Click OK in the following screen Figure 66 Confirm Restore Factory Default Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer i x 2 Restore default configurations and reboot the system Cancel Click OK to begin resetting all MSAP2000 AAMS configurations to the factory defaults and then wait for the MSAP2000 AAMS to restart This takes up to two minutes If you want to access the MSAP2000 AAMS web configurator again you may need to change the IP address of your computer to be in the same subnet as that of the default MSAP2000 AAMS IP address 192 168 1 1 Figure 67 Restart After Load Factory Defaults Microsoft Internet Explorer x A rebooting please close this session then reconnect later 20 6 Reboot System From the Maintenance screen use Reboot System to re
125. count lt portlist gt filter for a port s set lt portlist gt Sets the MAC address count filter lt count gt for a port s filter show portlist Displays MAC filter settings enable lt portlist gt Turns on the MAC filter for a port s 192 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 61 Switch Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION disable Turns off the MAC filter for a port s lt portlist gt set lt port gt Adds a MAC filter MAC entry lt mac gt lt mac gt lt mac gt delete lt port gt Removes a MAC filter MAC entry lt mac gt lt mac gt lt mac gt pktfilter See Section 28 13 on page 242 for how to configure packet filters show portlist Displays packet type filter settings set lt portlist gt Sets the packet type filter for a specific pppoelip arp n port etbios dhcp eap none accepts all packets This command disables the pktfilter pppoeonly lt portlist gt command olligmp none pppoeonly lt portlist gt Uses this command to allow only PPPoE traffic It drops any non PPPoE packets This command disables the pktfilter set lt portlist gt pppoelip arp netbios dhc p eapolligmp none command dot1x show portlist Displays IEEE 802 1X settings enable Turns on IEEE 802 1X disable Turns off IEEE 802 1X auth lt profile radius Sets IEEE 802 1X to use the local gt profiles or an external RADIUS s
126. ct the Enable Option 82 check box to have the MSAP2000 AAMS add information slot number port number and VLAN ID to client TCP IP configuration requests that it relays to a DHCP server Option82 Use this field to specify up to 23 ASCII characters of additional information for the MSAP2000 AAMS to add to the DHCP client TCP IP configuration requests that it relays to a DHCP server Examples of information you could add would be the chassis number or the device identifier of the MSAP2000 AAMS Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 113 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 17 Syslog This chapter explains how to set the syslog parameters 17 1 Syslog The syslog feature sends logs to an external syslog server 17 2 Syslog Setup Click Advanced Application and then SysLog in the navigation panel to display the screen shown next Figure 53 Syslog Syslog I Enable UNIX Syslog SysLog Server IP 0 0 0 0 Log Facility SYSLOG LOCALI gt Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 41 Syslog LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable UNIX Select t
127. d COMMAND DESCRIPTION disable lt vid gt Turns off a VLAN entry delete lt vianlist gt Removes a VLAN entry pvid lt portlist gt Sets the PVID Port VLAN ID lt pvid gt assigned to untagged frames or priority frames 0 VID received on this port s priority lt portlist gt Sets a port s default IEEE 802 1p lt priority gt priority gvrp lt portlist gt Turns GVRP on or off for the specified lt enable disable gt Ports frametype lt portlist gt Sets the specified DSL port to accept lt all tag untag gt VLAN tagged or untagged Ethernet frames or both cpu show Displays the VLAN ID of the management VLAN set lt vid gt Sets the VLAN ID of the management VLAN mac flush Clears learned MAC addresses from the forwarding table agingtime show Displays the MAC aging out time period set Sets the MAC aging out time period lt sec 0 disabled gt count show Displays the system s current MAC portlist address count settings enable Turns on the MAC address count lt portlist gt filter for a port s disable Turns off the MAC address count lt portlist gt filter for a port s set lt portlist gt Sets the MAC address count filter lt count gt for a port s filter show portlist Displays MAC filter settings enable Turns on the MAC filter for a port s lt portlist gt disable Turns off the MAC filter for a port s lt portlist gt set lt port gt Adds a MAC filter MAC entry lt mac gt lt mac gt lt mac gt
128. d port line diagnostics alarmprofi le See Section 27 3 13 on page 208 for how to configure alarm profiles show profile Displays alarm profiles and their settings set lt profile gt Configures an alarm profile lt atuc lofs gt lt atur lofs gt lt atuc loss gt lt atur loss gt lt atuc lols gt lt atuc lprs gt lt atur lprs gt lt atuc ess gt lt atur ess gt lt atuc fast rateup gt lt atur fast rateup gt lt atuc interleave rateup gt lt atur interleave rateup gt lt atuc fast ratedown gt lt atur fast ratedown gt lt atuc interleave ratedown gt lt atur interleave ratedown gt lt init fail enable gt lt atuc ses gt lt atur ses gt lt atuc uas gt lt atur uas gt delete lt profile gt Removes an alarm profile map lt portlist gt Maps specified ADSL ports to an lt profile gt alarm profile showmap port number Displays alarm profile to ADSL port mapping showport port Displays which alarm profile parameters are mapped to an ADSL port annex enable lt portlist gt Turns on the Annex L feature on the specified port s 170 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 60 ADSL Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION delete lt profile gt Removes an ADSL profile map lt portlist gt Assigns a specific profile to a port s lt profile gt and sets the port s ADSL mode lt glite gdmt
129. d someone is already logged in from the console port then you will see the following message Figure 55 Console Port Priority Local administrator is configuring this device now Connection to host lost A console port or Telnet session can coexist with one FTP session a web configurator session and or limitless SNMP access control sessions Table 42 Access Control Overview The console port and Telnet share one One session Up to five accounts No limit session The Console port has the highest priority and Telnet has the lowest priority 115 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 18 3 About SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol is a protocol used for exchanging management information between network switches SNMP is a member of TCP IP protocol suite A manager station can manage and monitor the MSAP2000 AAMS through the network via SNMP version one SNMPv1 and or SNMP version 2c The next figure illustrates an SNMP management operation SNMP is only available if TCP IP is configured Figure 56 SNMP Management Model me Managed Device Managed Device Managed Device MANAGER An SNMP managed network consists of two main components agents and a manager An agent is a management software module that resides in a managed switch the MSAP2000 AAMS An agent translates the local management information from the managed switch into a form compatible with SNMP The manager is the console through whi
130. ddress and the gt 0100 1200 gt device s time zone nosync 155 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 59 Sys Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION sync Retrieves the date and time from the time server show Displays the device s logs clear Clears the device s logs wdog show Displays the current watchdog firmware protection feature status and timer set lt msec 0 disable gt Sets the watchdog count 0 turns the watchdog off monitor show Displays the hardware monitor s statistics enable Turns the hardware monitor on disable Turns the hardware monitor off vlimit lt idx gt lt high gt Sets the maximum lt high gt or lt low gt minimum lt low gt voltage at the specified voltage sensor You can specify a voltage with up to three digits after a decimal point 0 941 for example Normal voltage at each sensor Idx 1 1 0v 2 1 8v 3 3 3v 4 2 4v Sets the maximum lt high gt or tlimit lt idx gt lt high gt minimum lt low gt temperature at lt low gt the specified temperature sensor You can specify a temperature with up to three digits after a decimal point 50 025 for example Temperature sensor locations Idx 1 DSL Line Driver 2 DSL Chipset 3 CPU showall nopause Displays all system related configuration 25 2 Sys Command Examples These are the commonly used commands t
131. dsl alarmprofile showmap 5 ADSL alarm profile mapping Port 5 Alarm Profile DEFVAL 26 4 Virtual Channel Profile Commands 26 4 1 26 4 2 Use the following commands to configure virtual channel profiles Show Virtual Channel Profile Command Syntax adsl vcprofile show vcprofile where vcprofile The name of the virtual channel profile up to 31 ASCII charac ters Displays the settings of the specified virtual channel profile or all of them if you do not specify one Set Virtual Channel Profile Command Syntax adsl vcprofile set lt vcprofile gt lt ve llc gt lt ubr cbr gt lt pcr gt lt cdvt gt or adsl vcprofile set lt vcprofile gt lt vc llc gt lt vbr rt vbr nrt vbr gt lt pcr gt lt cdvt gt lt scr gt lt bt gt 185 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide where lt vcprofile gt The name of the virtual channel profile up to 31 ASCII characters You cannot change the DEFVAL or DEFVAL VC profiles lt ve lic gt The type of encapsulation vc or llc lt ubr cbr gt The ubr unspecified bit rate or cbr constant bit rate ATM traffic class lt pcr gt Peak Cell Rate 0 to 300000 or the maximum rate cells per second at which the sender can send cells cdvt Cell Delay Variation Tolerance is the accepted tolerance of the difference between a cell s transfer delay and the expected transfer delay number of cells 0 to 255 cells or means 0 lt vbr rt The real t
132. e becomes the STP root switch If all switches have the same priority the switch with the lowest MAC address will then become the root switch The allowed range is 0 to 61440 The lower the numeric value you assign the higher the priority for this bridge Bridge Priority determines the root bridge which in turn determines Hello Time Max Age and Forwarding Delay Hello Time This is the time interval in seconds between BPDU Bridge Protocol Data Units configuration message generations by the root switch The allowed range is 1 to 10 seconds 104 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 36 Spanning Tree Protocol Configuration continued LABEL DESCRIPTION MAX Age This is the maximum time in seconds a switch can wait without receiving a BPDU before attempting to reconfigure All switch ports except for designated ports should receive BPDUs at regular intervals Any port that ages out STP information provided in the last BPDU becomes the designated port for the attached LAN If it is a root port a new root port is selected from among the switch ports attached to the network The allowed range is 6 to 40 seconds Forwarding Delay This is the maximum time in seconds a switch will wait before changing states This delay is required because every switch must receive information about topology changes before it starts to forward frames In addition each port needs time to listen for conflicting
133. e Authentication Dial In User Service RFC 2138 2139 for centralized user profile management on a network RADIUS server 14 1 1 RADIUS RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service authentication is a popular protocol used to authenticate users by means of an external server instead of or in addition to an internal device user database that is limited to the memory capacity of the device In essence RADIUS authentication allows you to validate an unlimited number of users from a central location Figure 48 RADIUS Server m i Client RADIUS Server 14 1 2 Introduction to Local User Database By storing user profiles locally on the MSAP2000 AAMS your MSAP2000 AAMS is able to authenticate users without interacting 14 2 Port Authentication Configuration Click Advanced Application and Port Authentication in the navigation panel to display the screen as shown 1 Not all Windows operating systems support IEEE 802 1X see the Microsoft web site for details For other operating systems see its documentation If your operating system does not support IEEE 802 1X then you may need to install IEEE 802 1X client software 106 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 49 Port Authentication RADIUS Name Index 1 JEMEN 802 1x Enable Authentication Server IP address UDP Part Shared Secret 1234 Enable Local Profile Setting Support up to 64 profiles Password Retype Password to c
134. el The super channel can forward frames belonging to multiple VLAN groups that are not assigned to other channels A channel that is not the super channel can only forward frames with a single VLAN ID that is configured on that channel The MSAP2000 AAMS would drop any frames received from the subscriber that are tagged with another VLAN ID Then you will configure a new virtual channel for a port and copy it to the other ADSL ports 7 Under Basic Setting click xDSL Port Setup 35 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 11 Basic Setting xDSL Port Setup Menu 8 Click VC Setup Figure 12 xDSL Port Setup JET ERT VC Setup Copy Port Vv Active O Customer Info O Customer Tel E 2 Features hs I ProfiilegmMode 7 IGMP filter IT security Frame Type Settings Paste O virtual Channels O Alarm Profile O PYID amp Priority O Packet Filter Pot Active Customer Info Customer Tel Profile Mode Channels 1 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 2 enabled DEFVAL auto 1 3 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 4 enabled DEFVAL auto 1 5 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 6 enabled DEFVAL auto 1 7 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 8 enabled DEFVAL auto 1 9 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 10 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 11 enabled DEFYAL auto 1 12 enabled DEFVAL auto 1 9 Click a virtual channel s Select radio button and click Delete Click OK in the next screen 36 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 13 Deleting a PVC Ri xDSL Port Setup Port fi
135. ent Support Telnet Full OAM amp P functions RFC1155 RFC2578 RFC 1212 Proprietary path through TDM backplane connection 48VDC 0 6A 19 2W 0 C to 60 C Up to 95 relative humidity 0 C to 40 C Up to 50 relative humidity 213 1mm 18 1mm 275 1mm 305 2g CNS 13438 or CISPR 22 IEC 61000 4 2 Class 1 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 3 Web Configurator Introduction This chapter tells how to access and navigate the web configurator 3 1 Web Configurator Overview The web configurator allows you to use a web browser to manage the MSAP2000 AAMS 3 2 Accessing the Web Configurator The web configurator is an HTML based management interface that allows easy MSAP2000 AAMS setup and management via Internet browser Use Internet Explorer 6 0 and later versions The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels In order to use the web configurator you need to allow e Web browser pop up windows from your device Web pop up blocking is enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 e JavaScripts enabled by default e Java permissions enabled by default 3 2 1 Password 1 Launch your web browser and enter the IP address of the MSAP2000 AAMS 192 168 1 1 is the factory default in the Location or Address field Press Enter 2 The Password screen appears Type admin in the user name field and your password factory default 1234 in the password field Click OK 29
136. er bytes Tx packets This field shows the number of packets transmitted on this port Tx multicast This field shows the number of good multicast frames transmitted on this port not including broadcast frames Tx broadcast This field shows the number of broadcast frames transmitted on this port not including multicast frames Tx mac_pause This field shows the number of valid IEEE 802 3x Pause frames transmitted on this port Tx fragments This field shows the number of transmitted frames that were less than 64 octets long and with an incorrect FCS value Tx frames This field shows the number of complete good frames transmitted on this port Tx error underrun This field shows the number of outgoing frames that were less than 64 octets long Tx undersize This field shows the number of frames transmitted that were less than 64 octets long and contained a valid FCS Tx jabber This field shows the number of frames transmitted that were longer than 1518 octets non VLAN or 1522 octets VLAN and contained an incorrect FCS value Tx oversize This field shows the number of frames transmitted that were bigger than 1518 octets non VLAN or 1522 VLAN and contained a valid FCS packet lt 64 This field shows the number of frames received and transmitted including bad frames that were 64 octets or less in length this includes FCS octets but excludes framing bits packet 65 127
137. er switches 89 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 41 VLAN Port Setting E VLAN Fort Setting g VLAN Status Static VLAN Setting Port PVID Priority GVRP Acceptable Frame Type ENET1 f1 a4 po m ALL ENET2 f1 a4 ox ALL 1 1 a 4094 oz All M 2 1 1 4094 ov All x 3 fi 1 4094 ov All x 4 fi a s foz All 7 5 f1 a4 po All x 6 fi 1 4094 ov All 7 7 L 1 4094 og ALL g 8 j a s oz All 7 9 L 1 4094 foz All E 10 fi 1 4094 foz All g 11 1 1 4094 or All E 12 1 1 4094 or All hd App Cancel Copyport 1 Paste The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 28 VLAN Port Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION VLAN Status Click VLAN Status to see which ports are members of which VLANs Static VLAN Setting Click Static VLAN Setting to configure ports to dynamically join a VLAN group or permanently assign ports to a VLAN group or prohibit ports from joining a VLAN group Port The port numbers identify the MSAP2000 AAMS s ports PVID Type the Port VLAN ID PVID from 1 to 4094 The MSAP2000 AAMS assigns the PVID to untagged frames or priority frames 0 VID received on Priority Select an IEEE 802 1 p priority to assign to untagged frames or priority frames 0 VID received on this port See Table 11 on page 78 for more information on the priority levels GVRP GVRP GARP VLAN Registration Protocol is a registration protocol that defines
138. er you have specified the file click Upgrade After the firmware upgrade process is complete see the System Info screen to verify your current firmware version number 20 3 Restore a Text Configuration File From the Maintenance screen use Restore Text Configuration to open the following screen where you can save a configuration file from your computer to the MSAP2000 AAMS Figure 65 Restore Configuration Restore Configuration g To restore the device s configuration from a file browse to the location ofthe configuration file and click Restore button File Path Browse Restore Type the path and file name of the configuration file you wish to restore in the File Path text box or click Browse to display a Choose File screen from which you can locate it After you have specified the file click Restore conf 0 is the name of the configuration file on the MSAP2000 AAMS so your backup configuration file is automatically renamed when you restore using this screen 20 4 Backing Up a Configuration File Backing up your MSAP2000 AAMS configurations allows you to create various snap shots of your device from which you may restore at a later date Go to the Maintenance screen and do the following to save your device s configuration to your computer 126 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 1 Right click the Backup Text Configuration Click here link and click Save Target As Or Click the Ba
139. erent services or levels of service You set the PVID that is assigned to untagged frames received on each channel You also set an IEEE 802 1p priority for each of the PVIDs In this way you can assign different priorities to different channels and consequently the services that get carried on them or the subscribers that use them Use the following commands to define channels PVC Show Command Syntax adsl pvc show lt portlist gt lt vpi gt lt vci gt 187 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide where portlist You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or a list of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt lt vpi gt lt vci gt The VPI and VCI of an individual PVC The pvc show command allows you to display the PVC parameters of the specified ADSL port s or all of the ADSL ports if you do not specify any 26 5 2 PVC Set Command Syntax adsl pvc set lt portlist gt lt vpi gt lt vci gt lt super vid 1 4094 lt priority gt gt lt vcprofile gt where lt portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or a list of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt lt vpi gt The VPI setting can be 0 to 255 lt vci gt The VCI setting can be 32 to 65535 if the vpi is O or 1 to 65535 if the vpi is not 0 lt super vid Use superto set this channel as
140. ers spaces are not allowed Password Type a password for this user profile You can enter up to 31 ASCII characters spaces are not allowed Retype Password to confirm Type the password again to make sure you have entered it properly Add Click Add to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring 107 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 14 2 1 Table 37 Port Authentication RADIUS continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh This table displays the configured user profiles check boxes Index These are the numbers of the user profiles Click this number to edit the user profile Name This is the user name of the user profile Delete Select a user profile s Delete check box and click Delete to remove the user profile Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh and clear any selected Delete IEEE 802 1x Configuration Click Advanced Application and Port Authentication in the navigation panel and then the 802 1x link to display the screen as shown Figure 50 Port Authentication 802 1x a BOZ 1x Authentication RADIUS Local Profile Enable Vv App Cancel Port Enable Control Reauthen
141. erver for authentication port enable Turns on IEEE 802 1X for lt portlist gt specific ports disable Turns off IEEE 802 1X for lt portlist gt specific ports control Sets the IEEE 802 1X port lt portlist gt authentication option for specific lt auto auth unau th gt ports reauth Sets the IEEE 802 1X re lt portlist gt authentication option for specific lt on off gt ports period Sets the IEEE 802 1X re lt portlist gt authentication period for specific lt period gt ports 193 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 61 Switch Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION radius show Displays the external RADIUS server Settings ip lt ip gt Sets the external RADIUS server IP address port lt port gt Sets the external RADIUS server port number secret lt secret gt Sets the authentication and encryption key profile show Displays the local profiles set lt name gt Creates or edits a local profile lt password gt delete lt name gt Removes a local profile enet show Displays the Ethernet port settings speed lt portlist gt Sets the Ethernet port s lt 10copper 100co connection speed pper auto gt name lt portlist gt Sets the Ethernet port s name lt name gt enable lt portlist gt Turns on the specified Ethernet port s disable Kportlist gt Turns off the specified Ethernet port s smcast Use the static mu
142. es that you specify to come in through a port 12 2 MAC Filter Configuration Click Advanced Application and then MAC Filter in the navigation panel to display the MAC Filter screen as shown next Figure 44 MAC Filter Bi Only listed MAC can pass through the port if set Port po MAC i i i i i Add Cancel Port Active MAC Delete 1 E 2 O 3 C 4 O 5 O 6 O 7 E 8 E 9 O 10 O 11 FP 12 C Apply 98 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 32 MAC Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Port Use this drop down list box to select an ADSL port for which you wish to configure MAC filtering MAC Type a device s MAC address in hexadecimal notation xx Xx Xx xx xx xx where x is a number from 0 to 9 or a letter from a to f in this field The MAC address must be a valid MAC address You may specify up to ten MAC addresses per port Add Click Add to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Port These are the numbers of the ADSL ports Active Select this check box to turn on MAC filtering for a port MAC This field lists the MAC addresses that are set for this
143. es belonging to VLAN groups that are not assigned to specific channels to the super channel Enable the super channel option to allow a channel forward frames belonging to multiple VLAN groups that are not assigned to other channels The super channel functions in the same way as the channel in a single channel environment One port can have only one super channel LLC LLC is a type of encapsulation where one VC Virtual Circuit carries multiple protocols with each packet header containing protocol identifying information Despite the extra bandwidth and processing overhead this method may be advantageous if it is not practical to have a separate VC for each carried protocol for example if charging heavily depends on the number of simultaneous VCs VC Mux VC Mux is a type of encapsulation where by prior mutual agreement each protocol is assigned to a specific virtual circuit for example VC1 carries IP VC2 carries IPX and so on VC based multiplexing may be dominant in environments where dynamic creation of large numbers of ATM VCs is fast and economical Virtual Channel Profile Virtual channel profiles allow you to configure the virtual channels efficiently You can configure all of the virtual channels with the same profile thus removing the need to configure the virtual channels one by one You can also change an individual virtual channel by assigning it a different profile The MSAP2000 AAMS provides two default virtual cha
144. ffic allowing you to significantly reduce multicast traffic passing through your switch 9 2 IGMP Snooping Screen Click Advanced Application and then IGMP Snooping in the navigation panel to display the IGMP Snooping screen as shown next Use this screen to turn IGMP snooping off or on and view information collected by IGMP snooping Figure 42 IGMP Snooping OG IGMP Snooping J Query 30 Rist 0 IV Active IGMP snooping Leave 0 The Number Of IGMP groups 0 Previous Reload Next Page 1 of 0 ej i Index VID IP Address T ESFAS 1B Pe SG MOST TR NETNENETZ 92 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 29 IGMP Snooping LABEL DESCRIPTION Query This is the total number of Query packets received Report This is the total number of Report packets received Leave This is the total number of Leave packets received The Number Of This is the number of IGMP groups that the MSAP2000 AAMS has identified on the local network IGMP Groups Page X of X This identifies which page of information is displayed and the total number of pages of information Previous Next Click one of these buttons to show the previous next screen if all of the information cannot be seen in one screen Reload Click this button to refresh the screen The first table displays the names of the fields The subsequent tables show the settings of the
145. fic IGMP multicast groups use the IGMP Filter Profile screen to configure a different profile and then assign it to the subscriber s ADSL port in the XDSL Port Setting screen see Figure 44 on page 87 The top of the screen displays the configured IGMP filter profiles Use the bottom part of the screen with the Add and Cancel buttons to add or edit alarm profiles Figure 35 IGMP Filter Profile ONS Port Profile VC Profile Alarm Profile Index Name Delete 1 DEFVAL O 2 g2 O Delete Name MOE 1 statP f o o 0o o EndlP 0 0 0 0 2 StatIP o 0 0 0 EndlP 0 0 0 0 3 StatIP o 0 0 0 EndlP fo 0 0 0 4 StatiP o 0o 0 0 EndlP 0 0 0 0 5 StatiP o 0 0 0 EndiP 0 0 0 0 6 sStat iP 0 0 0 0 EndIP fo 0 0 0 7 stat iP 0 0 0 0 EndIP fo 0 0 0 8 Stat iP 0 0 0 0 EndIP fo 0 0 0 9 Stat iP 0 0 0 0 EndIP fo 0 0 0 10 statP fo 0o 0 0 EndIP fo 0 0 0 11 statP fo o 0 0 Cs EndIP f o 0 0 0 12 statP fo o o0 EndIP fo 0 0 0 13 statP fo 0o 0 0 EndIP fo 0 0 0 14 statP fo 0o 0 0 Enaip fo 0 0 0 15 statP fo o 0 0 EndIP fo 0 0 0 16 statP o o 00 EndIP 0 0 0 0 Add Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 21 IGMP Filter Profile LABEL DESCRIPTION Port Profile Click Port Profile to configure port profiles and assign them to individual ports VC Profile Click VC Profile to open the VC Profile screen where you can configure virtual ch
146. fig save where lt new ip The IP address you want to configure for the AAM address gt lt netmask gt The bit number of the subnet mask of the IP address you want to configure for MSAP2000 AAMS s uplink downlink and MSAP2000 AAMS DSL ports To find the bit number convert the subnet mask to binary and add all of the 1 s together Take 255 255 255 0 for example 255 converts to eight 1 s in binary There are three 255 s so add three eights together and you get the bit number 24 lt ip gt The default gateway IP address you want to configure for the MSAP2000 AAMS Line 1 changes the IP settings for the MSAP2000 AAMS s uplink downlink and MSAP2000 AAMS DSL ports If you don t enter the subnet mask the system automatically computes the subnet mask Line 2 changes the default gateway next hop This tells the MSAP2000 AAMS where to send packets that have a destination IP address that is not on the same subnet as the MSAP2000 AAMS s IP address Line 3 saves the new configuration to the nonvolatile memory 218 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide For example use the following command sequence sets the MSAP2000 AAMS to have 192 168 1 3 as the IP address 255 255 255 0 for the subnet mask and 192 168 1 233 for the default gateway ras gt ip set 192 168 1 3 24 ras gt ip gateway 192 168 1 233 ras gt config save Figure 137 IP Settings and Default Gateway Address 192 168 1 3 Gateway 255 255 255 0 1
147. for indirect or consequential damages of any kind of character to the purchaser To obtain the services of this warranty contact ZyXEL s FAE for your Return Material Authorization number RMA Products must be returned Postage Prepaid It is recommended that the unit be insured when shipped Any returned products without proof of purchase or those with an out dated warranty will be repaired or replaced at the discretion of ZyXEL and the customer will be billed for parts and labor All repaired or replaced products will be shipped by ZyXEL to the corresponding return address Postage Paid This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights that vary from country to country MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Customer Support Please have the following information ready when you contact customer support e Product model and serial number e Warranty Information e Date that you received your device Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table of Contents FERGE gt ee naereentenee ei aed i eae i CHAPTER 1 Getting to Know Your MSAP2000 AAMS 00000 0 cc ceeteeeteeeeees 19 1 TT eee 19 1 2 System Destpion Lmvvsvvqcva4qammsrmus A AEA E A tume 19 LJ PRB NU sesssv4 qaqarg degnddsenavaktan sinasadenundtdbanus knyndetu 22 EE ET EE EN AEE AA 22 132 Curbside Apphcahon ujugeusmeuunqnuneenbmmnisurnemuajjinmumnikjjini jd 23 CHAPTE
148. gt get config 0 config txt This is a sample from a FTP session to transfer the MSAP2000 AAMS s current configuration file including the configuration files of all the MSAP2000 AAMSs to the computer file config txt 237 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide If your FTP client does not allow you to have a destination filename different than the source you will need to rename them as the MSAP2000 AAMS only recognizes config 0 and ras Be sure you keep unaltered copies of the files for later use The following table is a summary Please note that the internal filename refers to the filename on the MSAP2000 AAMS and the external filename refers to the filename not on the MSAP2000 AAMS that is on your computer local network or FTP site and so the name but not the extension may vary After uploading new firmware use the sys version command to confirm that you have uploaded the correct firmware version Table 67 File Name Conventions FILE TYPE INTERNAL NAME EXTERNAL NAME DESCRIPTION nfiguration Fite jconfig 0 dat This is the configuration fitename for the MSAP2000 AAMS irmware Tas bin This is the generic name for the ZyNOS firmware on the MSAP2000 AAMS 31 3 Editable Configuration File 31 3 1 The configuration file can be downloaded as a plain text ASCIl file Edits to the configuration can be made to this file before it is uploaded again to the MSAP2000 AAMS Note You can
149. h the root bridge consisting of bridge priority Poll Interval s The text box displays how often in seconds this screen refreshes You may change the refresh interval by typing a new number in the text box and then clicking Click S halt STP statistic poll 103 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 13 2 1 Configure STP Click Advanced Application and then Spanning Tree Protocol in the navigation panel to display the STP status Click STP Config to display the Spanning Tree Protocol Configuration screen as shown next Figure 47 Spanning Tree Protocol Configuration Spanning Tree Protocol ED STP Status Active IV Bridge Priority 32768 0 61440 Hello Time 2 1 10 seconds MAX Age 20 6 40 seconds Forwarding Delay 15 4 30 seconds Port Active Priority 0 255 Path Cost 1 65535 ENET1 Iv 128 a ENET2 O 128 a Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 36 Spanning Tree Protocol Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION STP Status Click STP Status to display the MSAP2000 AAMS s STP status Active Select this check box to turn on RSTP Note It is recommended that you only use STP when you use the MSAP2000 AAMS in standalone mode with a network topology that has loops Bridge Priority Bridge priority is used in determining the root switch root port and designated port The switch with the highest priority lowest numeric valu
150. h vlan disable lt vid gt This command disables the specified VLAN ID in the SVLAN Static VLAN table You cannot disable a VLAN if any PVIDs are set to use the VLAN or the VLAN is the CPU management VLAN 27 10 1 VLAN Show Command Syntax switch vlan show lt vlanlist gt where lt vlanlist gt You can specify a single VID lt 1 gt all VIDs lt gt a list of VIDs lt 1 3 gt you can also include a range of VIDs lt 1 5 6 10 gt 209 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide This command shows information about the specified ports VLAN settings The following example shows the settings for all VIDs Figure 125 VLAN Show Command Example ras gt switch vlan show vid name F fixed X forbidden N normal U untag T tag 1 DEFAULT enabled 123456789012 12 FFFFFFFFFFFF FF UUUUUUUUUUU U UU 2 test2 enabled 123456789012 12 FXXXXXXXXXXX NN U TT 3 test3 enabled 123456789012 12 FXXXXXXXXXXX NN U TF 200 test200 enabled 123456789012 12 XXXXXXXXXXXX FN UT 27 11 MAC Filter Commands Use the MAC filter commands to allow only incoming frames from MAC Media Access Control address es that you specify MAC filter commands are listed next You may specify up to ten MAC addresses per port 27 11 1 MAC Filter Show Command Syntax switch mac filter show portlist where portlist You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or alist of ADSL ports lt
151. hanges to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to reset the fields to your previous configuration View the current static routes on the MSAP2000 AAMS in the summary table at the bottom of the screen Figure 62 Static Routing Summary Table index 1 Page 1of 1 Previous Page Next Page Destination 5 Gateway Name Subnet Mask Metric Delete Address Address Default 192 168 1 254 1 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 192 168 1 1 1 O The following table describes the labels in the summary table Table 51 Static Routing Summary Table LABEL DESCRIPTION Previous Page Click this to display the preceding page of static route entries Next Page Click this to display the following page of static route entries Index This field displays the index number of the route Name This field displays the name of this static route Destination This field displays the IP network address of the final destination Address Subnet Mask This field displays the subnet mask for this destination Gateway This field displays the IP address of the gateway The gateway is an immediate Address neighbor of your AAM that will forward the packet to the destination Metric This field displays the cost of transmission for routing purposes Delete Select the rule s that you want to remove in the Delete column and then click the Delete button Cancel Click Cancel to clea
152. hat belong to the sys system group of commands 25 2 1 Info Show Command Syntax ras gt sys info show 156 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 25 2 2 25 2 3 This command shows general system settings such as the RAS code firmware version system uptime and bootbase version An example is shown next Figure 72 Info Show Command Example ras gt sys info show Hostname Location Contact Model AAMS ZyNOS version V350 ABA 0 b2 04 18 2005 MAC address 00 13 49 24 52 34 ZyNOS size 2203086 System up time O days 0 12 13 Bootbase version V1 03 AAMS 02 18 2005 ZyNOS build date Apr 27 2005 20 30 15 DSP f w version 6 02 0005 Hardware version Serial number Password Command Syntax ras gt sys passwd This command allows you to change the system s password An example is shown next Figure 73 Passwd Command Example ras gt sys passwd type old password type new password max 31 chars retype new password password changed ok ras gt SNMP Overview SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol is a protocol used for exchanging management information between network devices The MSAP2000 AAMS supports SNMP versions one and two SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 agent functionality which allows a manager station to manage and monitor it through the network See the web configurator chapter on SNMP for background information on SNMP and the MSAP2000 AAMS s supported MIBs and S
153. he profile that will define the settings of this port lt glite gdmt t141 The ADSL operational mode Choose from glite gdmt 3 auto adsl2 ads t1413 auto adsl2 or adsl2 12 gt lt gdmtletsi auto The ADSL operational mode Choose from adsl2 adsl2 gt Gdmt etsi auto adsl2 or adsl2 177 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 26 3 8 26 3 9 This command assigns a specific profile to an individual port and sets the port s ADSL mode or standard The profile defines the maximum and minimum upstream downstream rates the target upstream downstream signal noise margins and the maximum and minimum upstream downstream acceptable noise margins of all the ADSL ports to which you assign the profile When set to auto the port follows whatever mode is set on the other end of the line Note When the mode is set to auto and the negotiated mode is G lite if the configured rates exceed those allowed by G lite the actual rates are governed by G lite regardless of the configured numbers The following example sets ADSL port 1 to have the gold profile in adsl2 mode Figure 94 ADSL Profile Map Command Example ras gt adsl profile map 2 gold adsl2 ADSL Name Command Syntax adsl name lt portlist gt lt name gt where lt portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or a list of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt lt name g
154. his check box to activate syslog system logging and then Syslog configure the syslog parameters described in the following fields SysLog Server IP Enter the IP address of the syslog server Log Facility Select an option from the drop down list box The log facility allows you to log the message to different files in the server Please refer to the documentation of your syslog program for more details Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 114 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 18 Access Control This chapter describes how to configure access control 18 1 About Access Control Click Advanced Application and then Access Control from the navigation panel to display the screen as shown From this screen you can configure SNMP and enable disable remote service access Figure 54 Access Control E Access Control SNMP Click here Logins Click here Service Access Control Click here Secured Client Click here 18 2 Access Control Overview A console port session and a Telnet session cannot coexist The console port has higher priority If you telnet to the MSAP2000 AAMS an
155. icking Set Interval Stop Click Stop to halt system statistic polling Clear Counter Select a port from the Port drop down list box and then click Clear Counter to erase the recorded statistical information for that port 5 2 1 Ethernet Port Statistics In the Home screen click an Ethernet port s number to display that port s statistics screen as shown next 42 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 21 Ethernet Port Statistics Return Port ENET1 Y Port Name enet1 Rx bytes 64129 Rx packets 460 Rx error fcs 0 Rx multicast 45 Rx broadcast 199 Rx mac pause 0 Rx fragments 0 Rx error overrun 0 Rx error mru 0 Rx dropped 0 Rx jabber 0 Rx error alignment 0 Rx oversize 0 Rx undersize 0 Rx discard 0 Tx bytes 185682 Tx packets 276 Tx multicast 0 Tx broadcast 0 Tx mac_pause 0 Tx fragments 0 Tx frames 276 Tx error underrun 0 Tx undersize 0 Txjabber 0 Tx oversize 0 packet lt 64 244 packet 65 127 221 packet 1 28 255 60 packet 256 511 87 packet 512 1023 22 packet 1024 1518 102 packet 1522 0 packet total 736 broadcastitotal 199 multicast total 45 octetitotal 249811 Poll Intervalt s 40 Set Interval Stop Port fa v Clear Counter The following table describes the labels in this screen Table7 Ethernet Port Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION Return Click this link to go back to the Home screen Port Use this drop down list box to select a port for which you wish t
156. if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring 95 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 11 Packet Filtering This chapter describes how to configure the Packet Filter screen 11 1 Packet Filter Configuration Click Advanced Application and then Filtering in the navigation panel to display the Packet Filter screen as shown next Use this screen to set which types of packets the MSAP2000 AAMS accepts on individual ADSL ports Figure 60 Packet Filter OZR ass Port fi x PPPoE Only I PPPoE IV Pass through IP IV Pass through ARP Pass through NetBios IV Pass through DHCP Pass through EAPOL M Pass through IGMP M Pass through Add Cancel V Pass through Filter out Don tcare Port PPPoE IP ARP NetBios DHCP EAPOL IGMP PPPOE Only 1 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 2 y y Y Y Y Y y Fi Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 4 y y y Y Y Y y 5 Y Y Vv y Vv Y Y 6 Y y Vv y V y y F Y Y Y Y Y Y Vv 8 y 9 Y Y Y Y Y Vv Y 10 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 11 y y Y y Y y y 12 y Y Y Y V Y y The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 31 Packet Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Port Use this drop down list box to select an ADSL port for which you wish to configure packet type filtering Select the check boxes of the types of packets to accept on the ADSL port 96 MSAP2000 AAMS User
157. ilure FAIL Red ON CPU or Auto Detection Failure OFF Normal Working SYS Green ON NPU is running Normal OFF NPU is stopped UpLINK SPD 1 2 Green ON 100Mbps Ethernet connected to port 1 2 when LNK is ON OFF 10Mbps Ethernet connected to port 1 2 when LNK is ON Or LNK is OFF ULINK LNK 1 2 Green ON Linked to Ethernet network OFF Not linked to any Ethernet network ADSL2 2 1 12 Green ON The corresponding port is linked to a ADSL2 2 CPE OFF The corresponding port is not linked to any ADSL2 2 CPE ALM Red ON Alarm Occur TWINKLE Looptesting OFF No Alarm 26 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 2 1 3 Console Port via MSAP2000 MPM For local management you can use a computer with terminal emulation software configured to the following parameters e VT100 terminal emulation e 115200 bps No parity 8 data bits 1 stop bit No flow control Connect the male 9 pin end of the console cable to the console port of the MSAP2000 SHELF Connect the female end to a serial port COM1 COM2 or other COM port of your computer Use a USB to COM port convertor if there s no COM port available on your computer Most USB to COM port convertor requires a driver please make sure the USB to COM port convertor can be recognized by your computer before connecting to console port Refer to Ul operation manual for user name password and more details 2 1 3 1 Default Ethernet Settings
158. ime vbr or non real time nrt vbr Variable vbr nrt vbr gt Bit Rate ATM traffic class lt scr gt The Sustained Cell Rate sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted cells per second SCR applies with the vbr traffic class lt bt gt Burst Tolerance this is the maximum number of cells that the port is guaranteed to handle without any discards number of cells BT applies with the vbr traffic class The veprofile setcommand creates a virtual channel profile After you create a virtual channel profile you can assign it to any of the ADSL ports on any of the ADSL MSAP2000 AAMSs in the MSAP2000 AAMS The following example creates a virtual channel profile named gold that uses LLC encapsulation It uses constant bit rate and has the maximum rate peak cell rate set to 300 000 cells per second The acceptable tolerance of the difference between a cell s transfer delay and the expected transfer delay CDVT is set to 5 cells ras gt adsl vcprofile set gold Ilc cbr 300000 5 The following example creates a virtual channel profile named silver that uses VC encapsulation It uses real time variable bit rate and has the maximum rate peak cell rate set to 250 000 cells per second The acceptable tolerance of the difference between a cell s transfer delay and the expected transfer delay CDVT is set to 5 cells The average cell rate that can be transmitted SCR is set to 100 000 cells per second The maximum numbe
159. in an acceptable operating range at this point otherwise Abnormal is displayed Use this section of the screen to configure the hardware monitor threshold settings New threshold Configure new threshold settings in the fields below and click Apply to use them Temperature Hi Use these fields to configure the highest temperature limit at each sensor Temperature Use these fields to configure the lowest temperature limit at each sensor Low Volt Hi Use these fields to configure the highest voltage limit at each sensor Volt Low Use these fields to confiqure the lowest voltage limit at each sensor Poll Interval s The text box displays how often in seconds this screen refreshes You may change the refresh interval by typing a new number in the text box and then clicking Set Interval Stop Click Stop to halt statistic polling 6 3 General Setup Click Basic Setting and General Setup in the navigation panel to display the screen as shown 50 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 24 General Setup OED EST ED Host Name Location a ME Contact Person s Name Model AAM1 212 51 Use Time Server when Bootup tone v Time Server IP Address Sync o D gt uw ug Current Time 5 fa F New Timet hh mm ss Current Date Ti ifpi New Date yyy mm dd 2 3 f Time Zone UTC bd When synchronizing with time server I
160. information that would make it return to a blocking state otherwise temporary data loops might result The allowed range is 4 to 30 seconds As a general rule 2 Forward Delay 1 gt Max Age gt 2 Hello Time 1 Port This field identifies the Ethernet port Active Select this check box to activate STP on this port Priority Configure the priority for each port here Priority decides which port should be disabled when more than one port forms a loop in a switch Ports with a higher priority numeric value are disabled first The allowed range is between 0 and 255 and default value is 128 Path Cost Path cost is the cost of transmitting a frame on to a LAN through that port It is assigned according to the speed of the bridge The slower the media the higher the cost Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 105 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER14 Port Authentication This chapter describes the 802 1x authentication method and RADIUS server connection setup 14 1 Introduction to Authentication IEEE 802 1X is an extended authentication protocol that allows support of RADIUS Remot
161. ission rate increases by more than this number then a trap is Interleave Rate Down bps sent Specify a rate in kilobits per second kbps If an interleave mode connection s upstream transmission rate decreases by more than this number then a trap is Alarm profiles with 6 After you add an alarm profile you can click a port number s symbol to map xDSL port the xDSL port to that alarm profile The port s V symbol in the alarm profile mapping were it was previously mapped changes to Index This is the index number of the alarm profile Name This is the name of the alarm profile Modify Click Modify to edit a profile Delete Click Delete to remove a profile IGMP Filter Profile Screen You can use the IGMP filter profiles to control access to a service that uses a specific multicast group like a SIP server for example Configure an IGMP filter profile that allows access to that multicast group Then assign the IGMP filter profile to ADSL ports that are allowed to use the service Click Basic Setting and then xDSL Profiles Setup in the navigation panel and then IGMP Filter Profile to open the following screen 76 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide The DEFVAL IGMP filter profile is assigned to all of the ADSL ports by default It allows a port to join all multicast IP addresses 224 0 0 0 239 255 255 255 If you want to allow an ADSL subscriber access to only speci
162. its per second kbps If a fast mode connection s downstream transmission rate decreases by more than this number then a trap is sent A rate in kilobits per second kbps If an interleave mode connection s upstream transmission rate decreases by more than this number then a trap is sent 1 sets the profile to trigger an alarm for an initialization failure trap 2 sets the profile to not trigger an alarm for an initialization failure trap The number of Severely Errored Seconds that are permitted to occur within 15 minutes The number of UnAvailable Seconds that are permitted to occur within 15 minutes The alarmprofile set command configures ADSL port alarm thresholds The MSAP2000 AAMS sends an alarm trap and generates a syslog entry when the thresholds of the alarm profile are exceeded Configure alarm profiles first and then use the alarmprofile map command to set the MSAP2000 AAMS to use them with specific ADSL ports The following example sets an alarm profile named SESalarm that has the MSAP2000 AAMS send an alarm trap and generate a syslog whenever the upstream connection s number of severely errored seconds exceeds three within a 15 minute period Figure 101 Alarm Profile Set Command Example 3000 ras gt adsl alarmprofile set SESalarm 0000000000000000020 Alarm Profile Delete Command Syntax adsl alarmprofile delete lt profile gt 183 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide
163. k Refresh to display updated information Port Name This field displays the name of the ADSL port Line Type for interleaved mode Fast stands for non interleaved fast mode and Interleaved stands Init This displays how many times the MSAP2000 AAMS has initialized the DSL link 80 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 7 17 1 Table 23 Line Performance continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Down Up Stream BLKS The number of Blocks transmitted downstream or received upstream on this ADSL port A block is a set of consecutive bits associated with the path each bit belongs to one and only one block Consecutive bits may not be contiguous in time Down Up Stream ES The Number of Errored Seconds transmitted downstream or received upstream on this ADSL port Down Up Stream SES The Number of Severely Errored Seconds transmitted downstream or received upstream on this ADSL port Severely errored seconds contained 30 or more errored blocks or at least one defect This is a subset of the Down Up Stream ES Down Up Stream UAS The downstream or upstream number of UnAvailable Seconds Fast FEBE In fast mode the number of Far End Block Errors Fast NEBE In fast mode the number of Near End Block Errors Fast FEFEC In fast mode the number of Far End Forward Error Count Fast NEFEC In fast mode the number of Near End Forward Error Count Inte
164. k to zero This command displays and or erases port statistics The following example displays port statistics for ADSL port 1 Figure 141 Statistics Port Command Example ras gt statistics port 1 adsl port 1 tx packets rx packets packets 19 rx nonuni packets 0 tx discard packets 0 rx discard packets 0 errors bytes s 128 tx bytes rx bytes where tx uni packets rx uni packets tx nonuni packets rx nonuni packets 0 tx uni packets 1 rx uni packets 0 tx nonuni 0 tx rate bytes s 0 rx rate 5904 0 20 This field shows the number of unicast packets transmitted on this port This field shows the number of unicast packets received on this port This field shows the number of non unicast broadcast and multicast packets transmitted on this port This field shows the number of non unicast broadcast and multicast packets received on this port See the web configurator sections on port statistics for details on the other port statistics fields 226 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 29 4 Statistics ADSL Commands 29 4 1 29 4 2 Use these commands to display ADSL port statistics Statistics ADSL Show Command Syntax statistics adsl show portlist where portlist You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt ora list of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt This
165. l 3 36 36 30 33 55 97 Normal Voltage Current MAX MIN Average Threshold Low Threshold Hi Status 1 1182 1465 1182 1152 1 056 1 344 Normal 2 1 806 1 806 1 806 1 806 1 656 1 944 Normal z 3 200 3 257 3 200 3 200 3 036 3 564 Normal 4 18 175 19 028 18 175 18 175 16 560 19 440 Normal New threshold Apply Temperature C Hi Temperature C Lo Volt Hi Volt Lo kose 1 656 3 036 fis seo 10344 saa 3 564 FET The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 9 System Information LABEL DESCRIPTION System Name This field displays the MSAP2000 AAMS s model name ZyNOS F W This field displays the version number of the AAM s current firmware including the Version date created DSP F W Version This field displays the Digital Signal Processor firmware version number This is the modem code firmware Hardware Version This field displays the hardware version number of your AAM Serial Number This field displays the serial number of your AAM Ethernet Address This field refers to the Ethernet MAC Media Access Control address of the AAM Hardware Monitor Enable Select this check box to turn the hardware monitor on or clear it to turn the hardware monitor off Temperature Unit Select C to display all temperature measurements in degrees Celsius Select F to display all temperature measurements in degrees Fahrenheit 49 MSAP200
166. le Fort Profile J VC Profile Alarm Profile IGMP Filter Profile Index Name Latency Mode Down Up Stream Rate kbps Select 1 DEFVAL Interleave 2048 512 G 2 DEFVAL MAX Interleave 9088 512 Name Latency Mode Interleave v Up Stream Down Stream Max Rate 3000 32 3000 kbps 25000 32 25000 kbps Min Rate 64 32 3000 kbps 64 32 25000 kbps Interleave Delay 20 4 255 ms 20 1 255 ms Max SNR 31 9 31 db 31 9 31 db Min SNR 0 0 3 db fo 0 3 db Target SNR 6 3 9 db 6 3 9 db The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 18 Port Profile LABEL DESCRIPTION VC Profile Click VC Profile to open the VC Profile screen where you can configure virtual channel profiles Alarm Profile Click Alarm Profile to open the Alarm Profile screen where you can configure limits that trigger an alarm when exceeded IGMP Filter Profile Click IGMP Filter Profile to open the IGMP Filter Profile screen where you can configure IGMP multicast filter profiles Index This is the port profile index number Name These are the names of individual profiles The DEFVAL profile always exists and all of the DSL ports have it assigned to them by default You can use up to 31 ASCII characters spaces are not allowed Latency Mode This is the ADSL latency mode Fast or Interleave for the ports that belong to this profile Down Up Stream These are the maximum downstream and upstream tra
167. le up to 31 ASCII characters Upstream These parameters are for the connection or coming from the subscriber s device to the MSAP2000 AAMS Downstream These parameters are for the connection or traffic going from the MSAP2000 AAMS to the subscriber s device The number of Loss Of Frame Seconds that are permitted to occur within 15 minutes The number of Loss Of Signal Seconds that are permitted to occur within 15 minutes The number of Loss Of Link Seconds that are permitted to occur within 15 minutes The Number of times a Loss of Power is permitted to occur on the ATUR within 15 minutes 182 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 26 3 16 lt atucess gt lt atur ess gt lt atuc fast rateup gt lt atur fast rateup gt lt atucinterleave rateup gt lt atur interleave rateup gt lt atuc fast ratedown gt lt atur fast ratedown gt lt atucinterleave ratedown gt lt atur interleave ratedown gt lt init fail enable gt lt atucses gt lt atur ses gt lt atucuas gt lt atur uas gt The number of Errored SecondS that are permitted to occur within 15 minutes A rate in kilobits per second kbps If a fast mode connection s upstream transmission rate increases by more than this number then a trap is sent A rate in kilobits per second kbps If an interleave mode connection s upstream transmission rate increases by more than this number then a trap is sent A rate in kilob
168. limit for how many MAC addresses may be dynamically learned on the specified ADSL port s Note If you also use MAC filtering on a port it is recommended that you set the MAC count to be equal to or greater than the number of MAC filter entries you configure The following example sets the MAC count filter to allow up to 50 MAC addresses to be dynamically learned on ADSL port 7 Figure 134 MAC Count Set Command Example ras gt switch mac count set 7 50 Packet Filter Commands Use the following packet filter commands to filter out specific types of packets on specific ports Packet Filter Show Command Syntax switch pktfilter show portlist where portlist You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or alist of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt 215 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide This command displays the packet type filter settings on the specified ADSL port s or on all ADSL ports if no port is specified The following example displays the packet type filter settings for ADSL port 9 A V in a column means that the port is set to allow that type of packets to pass through Figure 135 Packet Filter Show Command Example ras gt switch pktfilter show 9 V pass through filter out port pppoe ip arp netbios dhcp eapol igmp 9 V V ee V 27 13 2 Packet Filter Set Command Syntax switch pktfilte
169. llow you to configure and monitor the ADSL ports 26 1 ADSL Standards Overview See the web configurator chapter on ADSL for background information Refer to Section 5 3 on page 60 for the settings of the default profile and ADSL port default settings 26 2 ADSL Commands Summary The following table lists the ads commands you can use with the MSAP2000 AAMS Table 60 ADSL Commands COMMAND DESCRIPTION adsl show portlist Displays the ADSL settings enable lt portlist gt Turns on the specified ADSL ports disable lt portlist gt Turns off the specified ADSL ports profile show profile Displays profile contents set lt profile gt Creates an ADSL profile lt fast interleave lt up delay gt lt down delay gt gt lt up max rate gt lt down max rate gt lt up target margin gt lt upminmargin gt lt upmaxmargin gt lt up min rate gt lt down target margin gt lt down min margin gt lt down max margin gt lt down min rate gt 168 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 60 ADSL Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION delete lt profile gt Removes an ADSL profile ma lt portlist gt Assigns a specific profile to a p i e gt port s and sets the port s ADSL p mode lt glite gdmt t14 13 auto adsl2 a dsl2 gt or lt portlist gt lt profile gt lt gdmtletsi auto jadsl2 adsl2 gt name lt portlist gt lt name gt
170. lnet or FTP session has terminated see the lt process gt field for the type of session Incorrect WARN Someone attempted to use the wrong password to start a Password console telnet or FTP session see the lt process gt field for the type of session Received Firmware WARN A checksum error was detected during an attempted FTP Checksum Error firmware upload Received Firmware WARN The file size was too large with an attempted FTP Size too large firmware upload Received Firmware WARN Someone attempted to upload a firmware file with a Invalid wrong identity via FTP Received File INFO A file was uploaded to the MSAP2000 AAMS by FTP lt file gt 7 i lt file gt received file s name THERMO OVER WARN The temperature was too high at one of the temperature TEMPERATURE sensors dev lt id gt lt id gt 0 sensor near the ADSL chipset threshold lt thresho 1 sensor near the CPU ld gt degree C 2 thermal sensor chip itself value lt temp gt degre e C lt threshold gt threshold temperature lt temp gt temperature when the entry was logged THERMO OVER INFO The temperature at one of the temperature sensors has TEMPERATURE come back to normal released dev lt id gt threshold lt thresho ld gt degree C value lt temp gt degre e C lt id gt 0 sensor near the ADSL chipset 1 sensor near the CPU 2 thermal sensor chip itself lt threshold gt threshold temperatu
171. lter enabled The following example turns on the MAC count filter on ADSL port 4 Figure 132 MAC Count Enable Command Example ras gt switch mac count enable 4 MAC Count Disable Command Syntax switch mac count disable lt portlist gt where lt portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or a list of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt This command disables the MAC filtering feature on the specified ADSL port s The following example turns off the MAC count filter on ADSL port 4 Figure 133 MAC Count Disable Command Example ras gt switch mac count disable 4 MAC Count Set Command Syntax switch mac count set lt portlist gt lt count gt 214 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 27 13 27 13 1 where lt portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or alist of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt lt count gt Set the limit for how many MAC addresses that a port may dynamically learn For example if you are configuring port 2 and you set this field to 5 then only five devices with dynamically learned MAC addresses may access port 2 at any one time A sixth device would have to wait until one of the five learned MAC addresses ages out The valid range is from 1 to 1024 This command sets the
172. ltering all traffic to the CPU port The CPU port is the management port of the switch Disabling all ports Misconfiguring the text configuration file Forgetting the password and or IP address Preventing all services from accessing the switch O a fF W ND Changing a service port number but forgetting it Note Be careful not to lock yourself and others out of the MSAP2000 AAMS Resetting the Defaults You can upload the factory default configuration file to reset the MSAP2000 AAMS to the default settings This means that you will lose all previous configurations and the speed of the console port will be reset to the default of 9600bps with 8 data bit no parity one stop bit and flow control set to none The password will also be reset to 1234 and the IP address to 192 168 1 1 245 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 32 12 1 32 12 2 Resetting the Defaults Via CLI Command If you know the password you can reload the factory default configuration file via Command Line Interface CLI command Use the following procedure 1 Connect to the console port using a computer with terminal emulation software See the chapter on hardware connections for details 2 Enter your password 3 Type config restore 4 Type y at the question Do you want to proceed y n 5 The MSAP2000 AAMS restarts Figure 151 Resetting the MSAP2000 AAMS Via Command ras gt config restore System will reboot automatically after re
173. lticast filter to pass routing protocols such as RIP and OSPF show Display all MAC addresses joined to ADSL ports Use join leave to add remove lt gt sel oe multicast MAC addresses up to ten lt ioinll on specified ADSL ports a range of join leave ADSL ports or all ADSL ports MAC example 01005E010203 delete lt mac gt Removes a static multicast filter entry by deleting the associated MAC address isolation show Displays the subscriber isolation feature s current setting enable Turns the subscriber isolation feature on disable Turns the subscriber isolation feature off 194 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 61 Switch Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION daisychain Sets the device to daisychain mode standalone Sets the device to standalone mode showall nopause Displays all of the MSAP2000 AAMS s switch configuration 27 2 IGMP Filter Commands 27 2 1 27 2 2 Use the IGMP filter commands to define IGMP filter profiles and assign them to ADSL ports IGMP filter profiles allow you to control access to IGMP multicast groups You can have a service available to a specific IGMP multicast group You can configure an IGMP filter profile for an IGMP multicast group that has access to a service like a SIP server for example Then you can assign the IGMP filter profile to ADSL ports that are allowed to use the service IGMP Filter Show Command Syntax
174. ltiple Protocols over AAL5 RFC 1483 ADSL Compliance Multi Mode ADSL standard DMT T1 413 issue 2 G DMT ITU G 992 1 Annex A G DMT ITU G 992 1 Annex B G LITE ITU G 992 2 ETSI TS 101 388 G HS ITU G 994 1 ADSL2 G 992 3 Annex A G 992 3 Annex B G 992 3 Annex L RE ADSL G 992 3 Annex M ADSL2 G 992 5 Annex A G 992 5 Annex B Rate adaptation support 20 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide IEEE 802 1p Priority Your MSAP2000 AAMS uses IEEE 802 1p Priority to assign priority levels to individual PVCs Multiple PVC and ATM QoS The MSAP2000 AAMS allows you to use different channels also called Permanent Virtual Circuits or PVCs for different services or subscribers Define channels on each DSL port for different services or levels of service and assign each channel a priority ATM Quality of Service QoS allows you to regulate the average rate and fluctuations of data transmission This helps eliminate congestion to allow the transmission of real time data such as audio and video IEEE 802 1x Port based Authentication The MSAP2000 AAMS supports the IEEE 802 1x standard for centralized user authentication and accounting management through an optional network authentication RADIUS server or local user database Management e Remote configuration backup restore and firmware upgrade e SNMP manageable e Text based management locally via console port and remotely via telnet e Editable plain text based config
175. m if you do not specify one 181 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 26 3 15 The following example displays the default alarm profile DEFVAL Figure 100 Alarm Profile Show Command Example 01 DEFVAL Thresh15MinLofs Thresh15MinLos Thresh15MinLols Thresh15MinESs ThreshFastRateUp ThreshinterleaveRateUp ThreshFastRateDown ThreshinterleaveRateDown Thresh15MinFailedFastRetrain Thresh15MinSes sec Thresh15MinUas ras gt adsl alarmprofile show DEFVAL InitFailureTrap 1 enable 2 disable ATU C ATU R sec 0 0 sec 0 0 sec 0 sec 0 0 bps 0 0 bps 0 0 bps 0 0 bps 0 0 2 ae 0 ane 0 0 sec 0 0 Alarm Profile Set Command Syntax adsl alarmprofile set lt profile gt lt atuc lofs gt lt atur lofs gt lt atuc loss gt lt atur loss gt lt atuc lols gt lt atuc Iprs gt lt atur Iprs gt lt atuc ess gt lt atur ess gt lt atuc fast rateup gt lt atur fast rateup gt lt atuc interleave rateup gt lt atur interleave rateup gt lt atuc fast ratedown gt lt atur fast ratedown gt lt atuc interleave ratedown gt lt atur interleave ratedown gt lt init fail enable gt lt atuc ses gt lt atur ses gt lt atuc uas gt lt atur uas gt where lt profile gt atuc traffic atur lt atuc lofs gt lt atur lofs gt lt atuc loss gt lt atur loss gt lt atuc lols gt lt atuc lprs gt es lt atur lprs gt A name for the alarm profi
176. ministrator Old Password New Password Retype to confirm ED Logins g Return Please record your new password whenever you change it The system will lock you out if you have forgotten your password m Apply Cancel 120 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 18 3 6 The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 47 Access Control Logins LABEL DESCRIPTION Return Click Return to go back to the previous screen Administrator This is the default administrator account with the admin user name You cannot change the default administrator user name Old Password Type the existing system password 1234 is the default password when shipped New Password Enter your new system password Retype to confirm Retype your new system password for confirmation Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Service Access Control Configuration Click Advanced Application and Access Control from the navigation panel and then Service Access Control from the Access Control screen to open the following screen Use this screen to set which services may be used t
177. n Figure 6 Web Configurator Change Password JET Return Administrator Old Password New Password GN Retype to confirm Apply Cancel Please record your new password whenever you change it The system will lock you out if you have forgotten your password 3 6 Logging Out of the Web Configurator Click Logout in a screen to exit the web configurator You have to log in with your password again after you log out This is recommended after you finish a management session both for security reasons and so you don t lock out other MSAP2000 AAMS administrators Figure 7 Web Configurator Logout Screen Thank you for using the Web Configurator Goodbye 33 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 4 Initial Configuration This chapter describes initial configuration for the MSAP2000 AAMS 4 1 Initial Configuration Overview This chapter shows what you first need to do to provide service to ADSL subscribers 4 2 Initial Configuration This chapter uses the web configurator for initial configuration See the commands part of this User s Guide for information on the commands Use Internet Explorer 6 and later versions with JavaScript enabled 1 Make sure your computer is in the same subnet as the MSAP2000 AAMS s default IP address 192 168 1 1 and subnet mask 255 255 255 0 2 Launch your web browser and type 192 168 1 1 in the Location or Address field Press Enter 3 The Enter Network Password
178. n it is restarted Save your changes after each configuration session Nonvolatile memory refers to the MSAP2000 AAMS s storage that remains even if the MSAP2000 AAMS s power is turned off Run time memory is lost when the MSAP2000 AAMS s power is being turned off 140 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 24 2 Commands Summary The following table lists commands that you can use with the MSAP2000 AAMS Table 58 Commands COMMAND DESCRIPTION sys info show Displays general system information hostname lt hostname gt Sets the system name location lt location gt Sets location information contact lt contact gt Sets contact person information passwd Sets the system s administrator password reboot show sec can cel Sets the reboot timer or displays the timer and remaining time for reboot If a reboot has been scheduled use cancel to prevent a reboot snmp show Displays SNMP settings getcommunity lt community gt Sets the SNMP GetRequest community setcommunity lt community gt Sets the SNMP SetRequestcommunity trapcommunity lt community gt Sets the SNMP Trap community trustedhost lt ip gt Sets the SNMP trusted host Set 0 0 0 0 to trust all hosts trapdst lt ip gt lt port gt Sets the SNMP trap server and listening port Set 0 0 0 0 to not send any SNMP traps server show Displays the device s service status and port n
179. nAvailable Seconds that have occurred within the period Line Data Click Basic Setting and Line Data in the navigation panel and then the Line Data link to open the following screen This screen displays an ADSL port s line bit allocation 81 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Discrete Multi Tone DMT modulation divides up a line s bandwidth into tones This screen displays the number of bits transmitted for each tone This can be used to determine the quality of the connection whether a given sub carrier loop has sufficient margins to support ADSL transmission rates and possibly to determine whether certain specific types of interference or line attenuation exist Refer to the ITU T G992 1 recommendation for more information on DMT The better or shorter the line the higher the number of bits transmitted for a DMT tone The maximum number of bits that can be transmitted per DMT tone is 15 The bit allocation contents are only valid when the link is up In the screen shown the downstream channel is carried on tones 48 to 255 and the upstream channel is carried on tones 16 to 31 space is left between the channels to avoid interference Figure 38 Line Data OF PS Si a Line Rate Line Performance Port 1 v Refresh PortName DS carrier load number of bits per symbol tone tone 000 015 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 tone 016 031 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 tone 032 047 00 00 00 00 00
180. ne ikek de ld 14 TE ETTE EE pekes ve eee p 209 200 210 210 211 sall 212 213 eE 213 214 214 215 215 216 218 218 221 221 202 223 223 224 225 225 252 Side ADSL Command anenee iis enn neve oa de I 29 4 1 Statistics ADSL Show Command nsonvrnrrvrvsrvsrvnsrvsrsensrversersrversenserersersrrerserssvereere 227 29 4 2 Statistics ADSL Linedata Command orroorvrrvrvrervservsvrvservsersserssersseessersserssersserseene 227 29 4 3 Statistics ADSL Lineinfo Command c oansrsrvrrvrvrrrsrnrnsrvenersrnenrrverersrsenersererersereren 228 29 14 ADSL Lin pert Command aecenas eaen a a a ek 29 4 5 ADSL 15 Minute Performance Command osnsrovvrsrvvvrrvrvvrsvvvvervrvvervrvvervevvesseveesrn 23 L 29 4 6 ADSL 1 Day Performance Command nu uumnemeesnsmninenmrnnemmmnsnm n 33 262 Secs IP Command RR ee CH A P T ER 3 0 Config Cairn tnt isc sss svsssnnsascisiiieasnans neper 30 1 Config Commar LETT TEN 30 2 Config show Command Example cccccscsssssssessssesesessesesnesescessesnssesesesseasenssseseeeee 235 APTER 31 Firmware and ET ti ONA sisisi C 31 1 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance Overview 0 c cssseeeeeeene 237 31 2 ES EEE e Ue ene PES 1 31 3 Editable Configuration File 0 0 0 c cccccccccccccsesscssesseesessessessessessessessessessessesseesessessetseesesseesensee 238 31 3 1 Editable Configurati
181. ng Mva Channel vesener ana ees pO ee ees eR NN RE R 7 8 4 Virtual Channel Profile c cccccccccccccscccccceccssescesssccsccssccecsecsccecsevscecsaveccecsavsceeceavecens 7 12 1 7 12 2 Traffic Pang 6G oickkscdcccccnaundaneemmnvaieninmmamiananaion Alarm Profile Seen seaman a eaaa IGMP Filter Profile Screen mms Line Rate Information 0 ccc cecseceseccsccccecssceccecceceecscssceecsssecescesteccscessecescessecsecessenenseses Line Performance cccccccccccccccscesccccesccsccccesccccesccscesccssceccsscsaceacacaecaecsecsacsccesecaceascsansucaaseneess 7 17 1 Line Da EE EE EE EE PP ee PE PE EE PE EET EEE E E A ADSL Standards Overview 00 0 ccc ccccsccceccscscesesescsccecscsscvavsccecscsssvavscsesecssavavecsevscsusavaneceess 50 55 57 57 59 62 63 63 64 Port Profile Screen ooo ccc ceccccccececcecescescecescecceccaceccsecacsccsscaesecsscacsecsscassecsecacescsscatescsteasencnseseersOT 74 76 78 80 8 1 8 3 8 4 QR O J 8 6 9 2 CH A P T E R10 Static Multicast ccc ceceececceccescecsecesececeevecceavesseesastsstassecavesssseeesne94 10 1 Static Multicast Filter si oessodueemrssbeneseilbenannnmmt niv 102 JM ast SORGGR chins ee i en CHAPTER11 Packet F 11 1 CH AP T E R1 2MAC Filter minsrvrvrvorirvrrvsvrsrevresvesrereeseereveeseereveeseereveeserreversereesereeseeserseserserseseeseenn PE REE Introd
182. ng on the egress port is enabled for the VID of a frame then the frame is transmitted as a tagged frame otherwise it is transmitted as an untagged frame 8 3 Automatic VLAN Registration GARP and GVRP are the protocols used to automatically register VLAN membership across switches 8 3 1 GARP GARP Generic Attribute Registration Protocol allows network switches to register and de register attribute values with other GARP participants within a bridged LAN GARP is a protocol that provides a generic mechanism for protocols that serve a more specific application for example GVRP 85 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 8 3 1 1 GARP Timers Switches join VLANs by making a declaration A declaration is made by issuing a Join message using GARP Declarations are withdrawn by issuing a Leave message A Leave All message terminates all registrations GARP timers set declaration timeout values 8 3 2 GVRP GVRP GARP VLAN Registration Protocol is a registration protocol that defines a way for switches to register necessary VLAN members on ports across the network Enable this function to permit VLANs groups beyond the local switch Please refer to the following table for common IEEE 802 1Q VLAN terminology Table 25 IEEE 802 1Q VLAN Terminology VLAN PARAMETER TERM DESCRIPTION VLAN Type Permanent VLAN This is a static VLAN created manually i This is a VLAN configured by a GVRP Dynamite VEAN registration deregistration p
183. nn pet DHCP Relay Show Command oscsscscsnssiesnssscsssessissosocnstsssiossnsoncsssssnseensssosnestipenvenssteseesss Option 82 Enable Command gies ssiccssanssivoschsncconansoissvansccassansbacossnoncansanhassivenncesanent Option 82 Disable Command ososvorevrvsvvrvvrvsrvrevevsevrssersesrssersssersererserserseserserseserser Option 82 Set Command irnvrivrvsrivrrrrrversrrverserverserrerserreeseeveeserveeserseeserseeserseeserseesenser Static Entries SVLAN Table c cceccesssessesseesseeseeseesseesneeseeresneesneeeeeneeaneesneneeenees Dynamic Entries DVLAN Table c ccccccccccsccscssessesessessesssessesessessesessessteessessenecse GARP Timer Show Command cccscsssesssesssessseessecssecssecssecssecssecssecssecasecsneesseess GARP Timer Join Command ornorovrnsrosrnsrnvensrnrersrnvensrnsensrnsensesensrnsersrnsersensenseesenssnn GARP Timer Leave Command 0 ccccccsssssssesssesssesssesssesssesssesssecssesssecssecssecssessseenes GARP Timer Leaveall Command narnnsservvsrnsssrnsssrnssrnsssernssrnsssrnssernssrnsssersssensssensser VLAN Port Show Command orsina YLAN PYD C mmang ceresc a ESR VLAN Set Command iis iin ip csneita stv bap susie sie seine ases SANNE EENE SEVENE AEAEE VLAN Frame Type Command is iisissinccaessssinisnesccrsonssisiiaeinecsventsiapiaioncsensnesisbenbonsavassars VLAN CPU Show Command sornvrornnvnornnnnensennnnvenrenvnernsnnensennnnrenrnneneresneensene
184. nnel profiles DEFVAL for LLC encapsulation and DEFVAL_VC for VC encapsulation By default all virtual channels are associated to DEFVAL 63 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 7 9 VC Setup Screen Click Basic Setting and then xDSL Port Setup in the navigation panel and then the VC Setup link to open the following screen Use this screen to view and configure a port s channel PVC settings Figure 30 VC Setup ORES xDSL Port Setup Port fi 3 Super Channel E VPI fo vel VC Profile DEFVAL v FYID 1 c1 4094 Priority foz Add Cancel Show Port ALL v Index Click to modify Port VPI VCI VC Profile PVID Priority Select 1 1 0 33 DEFVAL 0 0 G 2 2 0 33 DEFYAL 0 0 3 3 0 33 DEFVAL 0 0 Cc 4 4 O 33 DEFVAL 0 0 2 5 0 33 DEFVAL 0 0 6 6 0 33 DEFVAL 0 0 e rs 7 0 33 DEFYAL 0 0 8 8 0 33 DEFVAL 0 0 C 9 9 033 DEFYAL 0 0 C 10 10 0 33 DEFYAL 0 0 11 11 0 33 DEFYAL 0 0 12 12 0 33 DEFVAL 0 0 Cc Index 1 selected Delete No Channel copied Copy Paste The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 17 VC Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION xDSL Port Setup _ Click xDSL Port Setup to go to the screen where you can configure DSL port settings Port Use this drop down list box to select a port for which you wish to view or configure settings Super Channel The MSAP2000 AAMS forwards frames belonging to VLAN groups that are not assigned to specific channels to the supe
185. nnsesseneeere 13 198 198 198 x199 n199 199 199 2199 200 200 200 200 201 201 201 201 201 202 202 203 204 204 207 207 TD ULAN Enable ieee en eis Geese ne 2710 VLAN VIM Lasarus E AERE ERTES 27 10 1 VLAN Show Commanrd orrovoverorererrrsrsrvrvenevevsvrrraveverevererersrsesereveverenevsrrsreveveverer 27 11 MAC Filter Gommands me vapanmniieinnmsnlitenivsnnittvminiuiiiigdvndrnsnilklvivssvivsjie 97 111 MAC Filler Show Command uLosskusmmnasrmmnemebuninssmmvivn 27 11 2 MAC Filter Enable Commangd c cccccccccsesssssssssessesesessesesesnesceceuesesneseseeeeseseaneases 27 11 3 MAC Filter Disable Command sosasvorororrrrvsrsrvrveneveversrvavevevererersrsssesereveverevensnnn 27 11 4 MAC Filter Set Command oonorrvonrvrrrrrvoverevenevenenerervrvrvrrrrererererevevevevevarssnrrsnenenenene 27 115 MAC Filter Delete Command yammerseameummnneenaninin ind 2712 MAG Count Command S uLassemisnmmndenumeijnidanndnumevd unutipa de 27 12 1 MAC Count Show Command Lqwqmueseensmiesreiemnnmumnikemmvhva 27 12 2 MAC Count Enable Command ccccccccsescsscssssesssseseesssesesnescsceusseseneseeeeseseaneneees 27 12 3 MAC Count Disable Command cccccccscssessessssessesscsessesscsecscsussessesnesesecseseeeese 7124 MAC Count Set Command cis cisincincsicresiioicoincnctsinonaiomiasipionemanonuiamncneers 27 13 Packet Filter Commands sussidiarie aa raene SEA b 27 13 1 Packet Filter Show Command
186. nsfer rates for the ports Rate kbps that belong to this profile Modify Select a profile s Select radio button and click Modify to edit the profile Delete Select a profile s Select radio button and click Delete to remove the profile The rest of the screen is for profile configuration Name When editing a profile this is the name of this profile When adding a profile type a name up to 31 characters for the profile 68 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 18 Port Profile continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Latency Mode This field sets the ADSL latency mode for the ports that belong to this profile Select Fast mode to use no interleaving and have faster transmission a fast channel This would be suitable if you have a good line where little error correction is necessary Select Interleave mode to use interleave delay when transmission error correction Reed Solomon is necessary due to a less than ideal telephone line See Section 8 4 on page 84 for more on interleave delay Up Stream The following parameters relate to upstream transmissions Max Rate Type a maximum upstream transfer rate 32 to 3000 Kbps for this profile kbps Configure the maximum upstream transfer rate to be less than the maximum downstream transfer rate Min Rate Type the minimum upstream transfer rate 32 to 3000 Kbps for this port kbps Configure the minimum upstream transfer rate
187. number of bits transmitted per DMT tone for the upstream channel from the subscriber s DSL modem or router to the MSAP2000 AAMS downstream carrier load displays the number of bits received per DMT tone for the downstream channel from the MSAP2000 AAMS to the subscriber s DSL modem or router The bit allocation contents are only valid when the link is up In the following example the upstream channel is carried on tones 7 to 39 and the downstream channel is carried on tones 53 to 259 space is left between the channels to avoid interference Figure 143 Linedata Command Example ras gt statistics adsl linedata 1 port 1 up stream carrier load number of bits per symbol tone tone 0 19 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 03 04 05 06 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 08 08 tone 20 39 08 08 07 08 08 07 07 06 06 05 04 03 down stream carrier load number of bits per symbol tone tone 0 19 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 tone 20 39 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 tone 40 59 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 01 01 01 010102 tone 60 79 02 02 02 02 00 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 80 99 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 100 119 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 120 139 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 tone 140 159 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02
188. o access the MSAP2000 AAMS Figure 59 Access Control Service Access Control Return Services Active Server Port Telnet Vv 23 1 65535 FTP Vv 21 1 65535 WEB M so 1 65535 ICMP Vv Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 48 Access Control Service Access Control LABEL DESCRIPTION Return Click Return to go back to the previous screen Services Services you may use to access the MSAP2000 AAMS are listed here Active Select the Active check boxes for the corresponding services that you want to allow to access the MSAP2000 AAMS Server Port For Telnet FTP or web services you may change the default service port by typing the new port number in the Server Port field If you change the default port number then you will have to let people who wish to use the service know the new port number for that service 121 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 48 Access Control Service Access Control continued continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 18 3 7 Secured Client Configuration Click Advanced A
189. o re enter his or her username and password Period s to stay connected to the port Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 109 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 15 Port Security This chapter shows you how to set up port security 15 1 About Port Security Port security allows you to restrict the number of MAC addresses that can be learned on a port See the product specifications in the appendices for the total number of MAC addresses that the MSAP2000 AAMS can learn 15 2 Port Security Setup Click Advanced Application and then Port Security in the navigation panel to display the Port Security screen as shown next Note You cannot enable both MAC filtering and port security on a port Figure 51 Port Security KLIENT a Port Enable Limited Number of Learned MAC Address 1 m 1024 1 1024 1024 1 1024 1024 1 1024 1024 1 1024 1024 1 1024 1024 1 1024 1024 1 1024 1024 1 1024 1024 1 1024 1024 1 1024 1024 1 1024 1024 1 1024 Apoy Cancel Copy port 1 3 Paste ao OW WM DM MN amp We hw o OR ORDRE CEON DEOR ORDRE CECI ae N 110
190. o view statistics This field identifies the port described in this screen Port Name This field displays the name that you have configured for the port Rx bytes This field shows the number of octets of Ethernet frames received that are from 0 to 1518 octets in size counting the ones in bad packets not counting framing bits but counting FCS Frame Check Sequence octets An octet is an 8 bit binary digit byte Rx packets This field shows the number of packets received on this port including multicast unicast broadcast and bad packets Rx error fcs This field shows the number of frames received with an integral length of 64 to 1518 octets and containing a Frame Check Sequence error Rx multicast This field shows the number of good multicast frames received of 64 to 1518 octets in length for non VLAN or 1522 octets for VLAN not including Broadcast frames Frames with range or length errors are also not taken into account Rx broadcast This field shows the number of good broadcast frames received of 64 to 1518 octets in length for non VLAN or 1522 octets for VLAN not including multicast frames Frames with range or length errors are also not taken into account 43 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 7 Ethernet Port Statistics continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Rx mac pause This field shows the number of valid IEEE 802 3x Pause frames received on this port Rx fragments This field shows
191. ommand displays the secured client settings These are the IP addresses of trusted computers that can manage the MSAP2000 AAMS and the services that they can use An example is shown next A V in a column means that the secured client set is activated or the services can be used for managing the MSAP2000 AAMS Figure 76 Client Show Command Example ras gt sys client show Index Status Start IP End IP ICMP TELNET FTP WEB 1 V 0 0 0 0 223 255 255 255 V V V V 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 160 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 25 2 8 25 2 9 25 2 10 Client Set Command Syntax ras gt sys client set lt index gt lt start ip gt lt end ip gt telnet ftp web icmp This command configures IP address ranges of trusted computers that may manage the MSAP2000 AAMS and the services that they can use An example is shown next Figure 77 Client Set Command Example ras gt sys client set 1 192 168 1 7 192 168 1 35 ftp Syslog Show Command Syntax sys syslog show This command displays the syslog settings An example is shown next Figure 78 Syslog Show Command Example ras gt sys syslog show status disabled server ip 0 0 0 0 facility Local1 Syslog Server Command Syntax sys syslog server lt ip gt This command sets the IP address of the syslog server An example is shown next Figure 79 Syslog
192. on File Backup cccccccccessesseseesseeecneeecseesecneenecneeseeseeee 238 31 3 2 Edit Configuration Fil6 Lacuessnensneenjensneeevkeeinemiijetneeinj mm 23O 31 3 3 Editable Configuration File Upload 00 0 0 ccc eeseeeeseeseeseeeteseeetenteetesneeeenneeee 239 31 4 Firmware File Upgi do RR CHAPTER32 Toublishasiiiii E A E E ES E E E A E 32 1 The SYS or PWR LED Does Not Turn On ososrvrvrnravrvevererersvrvsvrereneneversrrrreveveverereresserssererer 241 322 The EG RR ER 32 3 DSL Data Transmission 0 0 cccccccccsssessesssssscssessssssessessscssecsscssesscssessessesasecsusssessecssessesseessee 242 32 4 There Is No Voice on an ADSL Comme ction eeecsesseseeseeseeseeseeseetesereeseeeesneeeaeees 242 ee NS e aaa EE ER 32 7 Configured Settings Lunsassensnsnmjmnnenev denne ji ieirik n 2A GE WO ea aes aenanee RE se RER eee PE RER ee 32 11 Switch Lockout iisvrvrvrrrvveveveverrrrrrererereresrsrererererevevevereresrereresesesesesrererereseeveveseresveseserere 245 32 12 Resetting the Defaults 2 0 0 cccccssesesseeseeseeseeseeseeseeseesesseeseesessesseesessessessesseeseeseeseesee 245 32 12 1 Resetting the Defaults Via CLI Command orvrvrrvrrvrrrrrrvrrrnvsvrrevrsvrsvrverrserseeseerrrr 246 15 32 12 2 Resetting the Defaults Via Boot Commands nnorvrrrvrrvvrvrrrvrrvrrvrrsvrsvrverrserrenrrerrrr 246 32 13 Recovering the FATTER Lummeunanennesnnnepnnnsnuni einen iaa 247 16 MSAP2000 AAMS
193. on a service Jicmp gt disable lt telnet ftp web Turns off a service licmp gt port lt telnet ftp web Sets a port for a service gt lt port gt client show Displays the device s secured client settings enable lt index gt Allows a secured client set to manage the device disable lt index gt Stops a secured client set from managing the device set lt index gt lt startip gt Sets a secured client set a range of lt end ip gt IP addresses from which you can telnet ftp manage the device and the web icmp protocols that can be used syslog The syslog feature sends logs to an external syslog server show Displays the syslog settings enable Turns on the syslog logging disable Turns off the syslog logging server lt ip gt Sets the IP address of the syslog server facility lt facility gt Set the log facility 1 7 to log the syslog messages to different files in the syslog server See your syslog program s documentation for details time show Displays the system s current time set lt hh gt lt mm gt Sets the system s time ss date show Displays the system s current date set lt yyyy mm dd gt Sets the system s date timeserver show Displays the system s time server set lt none gt Sets the system to not use a time server lt daytime time n tp gt Sets the time service protocol lt ip gt lt utc lt time server s IP a
194. on e 115200 bps e No parity 8 data bits 1 stop bit No flow control 3 Turn off the MSAP2000 and turn it back on to restart it and begin a session 4 When you see the Press any key to enter Debug Mode within 3 seconds message press a key to enter debug mode 5 Type atba5 after the Enter Debug Mode message this changes the console port speed to 115200 bps 6 Change the configuration of your terminal emulation software to use 115200 bps and reconnect to the MSAP2000 AAMS 247 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 7 Type atur after the Enter Debug Mode message 8 Wait for the Starting XMODEM upload message upload on your terminal 9 This is an example Xmodem configuration upload using HyperTerminal Click before activating XMODEM Transfer then Send File to display the following screen Figure 153 Example Xmodem Upload ajx Folder C Product Filename Type the firmware file s location or click Browse to search for it C Product Firmware bin 1K Xmodem Choose the 1K Xmodem protocol Then click Send 10After a successful firmware upload type atgo to restart the MSAP2000 AAMS The console port speed automatically changes back to 9600 bps when the MSAP2000 AAMS restarts 248
195. ona OU ADSL Alarm Profile Commands cccccccccccccccccecsccsssscsserececersssssesstessesseesesesreeee 181 Alarm Profile Show Command ccceseccsecscsssesssecececesescecesececscessssetststeeeterereeee 181 Alarm Profile Delete Command sssrrnrnrnnsnnnnnnnnns renne nrnnnnenrnrsrsrsnsnnrnenrsrreseresen Alarm Profile Map Command c ccccccccescsssesscsessessessessessessessessessessessessesseeseessese Alarm Profile Showmap Command ccccccsecssessesssssseessessecsneesecseesneesseeseeseenneens Show Virtual Channel Profile Command ssosvsvororvrvrvvnrereveveverervnverereresrvrerereveseven Set Virtual Channel Profile Command cccccccccccccscsesesesssessesesesesesecscscscecscscseeees Delete Virtual Channel Profile Command soosvrsrrvnnvrnvrvnnvrnnrveververvenernervenernenvener PYG Show Command sj ssorsssmimisnnenusnmunijimusuintniabjnieuni PVC Set Command r E A E E E E PVC Delete Command c ccccccccscssseseceseccccscscscscscscsesessusussssvsvstssarscecececeseecststacseseseaes IGMP Filter Show Command c ccccccsssesesssscscscscscsssesscecsesesesesucucucscscscscscsessecseseeeee 12 cele 183 184 184 sv 183 185 185 187 187 187 188 189 190 190 195 195 27 2 2 27 2 4 273 DHGP Relay TN morken EA i A 27 4 DHCP EE sss stesrernirarscscnztncadisrtanaraninnasiacndaartnadininaermenmnduarensnaaieian
196. onfiguration Digital Module Setting AAMS 1 List Setting 2 Modify Setting 3 List Profile 4 List Status 5 AAMS Console H Help Reject to modify setting when system supports NAT Tab Next Enter Continue Esc Exit gt Location RT1 1 1 Execute Y N gt You can use text command lines for software configuration The rules of the commands are listed next 1 The command keywords are in courier new font 2 A command can be abbreviated to the smallest unique string that differentiates it from other commands For example the sys date command could be abbreviated to sy g 3 The optional fields in a command are enclosed in square brackets for instance config save means that the save field is optional 4 Command refers to a command used in the command line interface Cl command 5 The symbol means or Note Using commands not documented in the user s guide can damage the unit and possibly render it unusable 139 24 1 1 Saving Your Configuration Use the following command to save your configuration when you are done with a configuration session ras gt config save Note Do not plug out your MSAP2000 AAMS while saving your configuration This command saves all system configurations to nonvolatile memory You must use this command to save any configuration changes that you make otherwise the MSAP2000 AAMS returns to its default settings whe
197. onfirm fo 0 0 0 1812 0 65535 Apply m m Name Delete admin O The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 37 Port Authentication RADIUS LABEL DESCRIPTION 802 1x Click 802 1x to configure individual port authentication settings Enable Server Select this check box to have the MSAP2000 AAMS use an external RADIUS server Authentication authenticate users IP address Enter the IP address of the external RADIUS server in dotted decimal notation UDP Port The default port of the RADIUS server for authentication is 1812 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so Shared Secret Specify a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external RADIUS server and MSAP2000 AAMS This key is not sent over the network and must be the same on the external RADIUS server and AAMS Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Enable Local Select this check box to have the AAM use its internal database of user names Profile Setting and passwords to authenticate users Name Type the user name of the user profile You can enter up to 31 ASCII charact
198. onitor Command Syntax ras gt statistics monitor This command shows the current hardware status voltage temperature fan speed and alarm status An example is shown next Figure 140 Statistics Monitor Command Example ras gt statistics monitor Hardware monitor status enabled nominal limit hi limit lo current min max avg status mannan vi v 1 200 1 344 1 056 1 165 1 152 1 165 1 155 Normal v2 v 1 800 1 944 1 656 1 806 1 806 1 806 1 806 Normal v3 v 3 300 3 564 3 036 3 200 3 200 3 257 3 200 Normal v4 v 18 000 19 440 16 560 18 175 18 175 19 028 18 175 Normal limit hi limit lo current min max avg status 13 t1 c 97 000 55 000 33 000 28 000 33 000 30 000 Normal t2 c 97 000 55 000 39 000 29 000 39 000 36 000 Normal t3 c 97 000 55 000 38 000 30 000 38 000 35 000 Normal ras gt 29 3 Statistics Port Command Syntax ras gt statistics port lt portlist gt lt vpi gt lt vci gt clear 225 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide where lt portlist gt ports lt vpi gt lt vci gt clear You can specify a single port lt 1 gt all ports lt gt or a list of lt 1 3 enet1 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 enet1 e net2 gt The VPI and VCI of an individual PVC Use clearto have the MSAP2000 AAMS set the specified port s or PVC s counters bac
199. ormance data that has been accumulated since the system started The definitions of near end far end are relative to the MSAP2000 AAMS Downstream refers to the data that the MSAP2000 AAMS sends to the subscriber s device Upstream refers to data that the MSAP2000 AAMS receives from the subscriber s device Figure 37 Line Performance OEY SS oir aD Line Rate Line Data Port 1 v Refresh Port Name Line Type Interleave Only Init 1 Down Up Stream BLKS 0 0 Down Up Stream ES 18 45 Down Up Stream SES 18 18 Performance Down Up Stream UAS 18 18 Interleaved FEBE O Far End CRC Interleaved NEBE O Near End CRC Interleaved FEFEC 113 Far End Corrected FEC Interleaved NEFEC O Near End Corrected FEC LPR 0 15 min history lofs loss lols Iprs eSs inits sesl uasi Current ATUC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ATUR 0 0 0 0 0 0 Previous 1 ATUC 0 18 0 18 1 18 18 ATUR 0 18 0 45 18 18 1 day history lofs loss lols Iprs ess inits sesl uasi Current ATUC 0 18 0 18 1 18 18 ATUR 0 18 0 45 18 18 Previous ATUC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ATUR 0 0 0 0 0 0 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 23 Line Performance LABEL DESCRIPTION Line Rate Click Line Rate to display an ADSL port s line operating values Line Data Click Line Data to display an ADSL port s line bit allocation Port Use this drop down list box to select a port for which you wish to view information Refresh Clic
200. ortlist gt 211 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 27 11 4 27 11 5 where portlist You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or alist of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt This command turns off the MAC filtering feature on the specified ADSL port s or on all ADSL ports if no port is specified The following example turns off the MAC filtering feature on ADSL port 5 Figure 128 MAC Filter Disable Command Example ras gt switch mac filter disable 5 MAC Filter Set Command Syntax switch mac filter set lt port gt lt mac gt lt mac gt lt mac gt where lt port gt The number of an ADSL port lt mac gt The source MAC address in 00 a0 c5 12 34 56 format This command adds an allowed source MAC address on the specified ADSL port The following example adds source MAC address 00 a0 c5 12 34 56 for ADSL port 5 Figure 129 MAC Filter Set Command Example ras gt switch mac filter set 5 00 a0 c5 12 34 56 MAC Filter Delete Command Syntax switch mac filter delete lt port gt lt mac gt lt mac gt lt mac gt where lt port gt The number of an ADSL port lt mac gt The source MAC address in 00 a0 c5 12 34 56 format 212 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 27 12 27 12 1 This command removes a configured source MAC address from the ADSL port that you specify The following ex
201. ote DSL device both DSL devices must support ATM F5 in order to use this test lt vpi gt lt vci gt When you perform an OAM F5 loopback test specify a VPI VCI This command has the MSAP2000 AAMS perform a loopback test on the specified ADSL port s The following example has the MSAP2000 AAMS perform a local loopback test on ADSL port 1 179 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 26 3 11 26 3 12 Figure 97 ADSL Profile Loopback Example ras gt adsl loopback 1 f5 0 33 line 1 oam loopback success Line Diagnostics Set Command Syntax adsl linediag setld lt port number gt This command has the MSAP2000 AAMS perform line diagnostics on the specified port The ADSL port must be set to ADSL2 or ADSL2 ADSL operational mode and have a connection It takes about one minute for the line diagnostics to finish The following example performs line diagnostics on ADSL port 1 The screen displays a message confirming upon which ADSL port line diagnostics will be performed Figure 98 ADSL Line Diagnostics Set Command Example ras gt adsl linediag setld 1 Line 1 set to Line Diagnostic Mode Line Diagnostics Get Command Syntax adsl linediag getld lt port number gt Use this command to display the line diagnostics results after using the line diagnostics set command on an ADSL port Use the line diagnostics results to analyze problems with the physical ADSL line Note Wait at least one min
202. outside the allowed range take a screen shot of the statistics monitor command display and contact your vendor 241 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 32 3 DSL Data Transmission The DSL link is up but data cannot be transmitted Table 70 DSL Data Transmission Troubleshooting STEPS CORRECTIVE ACTION 1 Check the MSAP2000 AAMS s switch mode and port isolation settings Check to see that the VPI VCI and multiplexing mode LLC VC settings in the subscriber s ADSL modem or router match those of the ADSL port If the subscriber is having problems with a video or other high bandwidth services make sure the MSAP2000 AAMS s ADSL port s data rates are set high enough Check the VLAN configuration Ping the MSAP2000 AAMS from the computer behind the ADSL modem or router If you cannot ping connect a DSL modem to an ADSL port that is known to work If the ADSL modem or router works with a different ADSL port there may be a problem with the original port Contact the distributor If using a different port does not work try a different ADSL modem or router with the original port 32 4 There Is No Voice on an ADSL Connection The MSAP2000 AAMS has internal POTS Plain Old Telephone Service splitters and Telco 50 connector CO pins that allow the telephone wiring used for ADSL connections to also simultaneously carry normal voice conversations Table 71 ADSL Voice Troubleshooting
203. pecified port to line diagnostic mode getld lt port number gt Displays the specified port line diagnostics See Section 27 3 13 on page 208 alarmprofi le for how to configure alarm profiles show profile Displays alarm profiles and set lt profile gt Configures an alarm profile lt atuc lofs gt lt atur lofs gt lt atuc loss gt lt atur loss gt lt atuc lols gt lt atuc lprs gt lt atur prs gt lt atuc ess gt lt atur ess gt lt atuc fast rateup gt lt atur fast rateup gt lt atuc interleave rateup gt lt atur interleave rateup gt lt atuc fast ratedown gt lt atur fast ratedown gt lt atuc interleave ratedown gt lt atur interleave ratedown gt lt init fail enable gt lt atuc ses gt lt atur ses gt lt atuc uas gt lt atur uas gt delete lt profile gt Removes an alarm profile map lt portlist gt Maps specified ADSL ports to an lt profile gt alarm profile showmap port number Displays alarm profile to ADSL port mapping showport port Displays which alarm profile parameters are mapped to an ADSL port annexl enable lt portlist gt Turns on the Annex L feature on the specified port s 172 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 60 ADSL Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION disable lt portlist gt Turns off the Annex L feature on the specified port s show lt portlist gt
204. perational Mode auto ADSL Port Profile Default Settings Name DEFVAL Profile Status Active Latency Mode Interleave Upstream ADSL Settings Downstream ADSL Settings Max Rate 512 Kbps 2048 Kbps Min Rate 64 Kbps 64 Kbps Interleave Delay 4ms 4ms Max SNR 31 db 31 db 39 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 5 Default Settings Min SNR 0 db 0 db Target SNR 6 db 6 db Name DEFVAL_MAX Profile Status Active Latency Mode Interleave Upstream ADSL Settings Downstream ADSL Settings Max Rate 512 Kbps 9088 Kbps Min Rate 64 Kbps 64 Kbps Interleave Delay ane 4ms Max SNR 31 db 31 db Min SNR 0 db 0 db Target SNR 6 db 6 db Virtual Channel Default Settings Super channel Enabled VPI 0 VCI 33 VC Profile DEFVAL Default VC Profile Settings DEFVAL Profile Settings Encapsulation RFC 1483 Multiplexing LLC based Traffic Class UBR PCR 300000 Kbps CDVT 0 DEFVAL_VC Profile Settings Encapsulation RFC 1483 Multiplexing VC based Traffic Class UBR PCR 300000 Kbps CDVT 0 Default IGMP Filter Profile Settings The DEFVAL IGMP filter profile is assigned to all of the ADSL ports by default It allows a port to join all multicast IP addresses 224 0 0 0 239 255 255 255 40 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER5 Home and Port Statistics Screens This chapter describes the Home status and
205. portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or alist of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt This command forcibly enables the specified ADSL port s ADSL Disable Command Syntax adsl disable lt portlist gt where lt portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or alist of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt This command forcibly disables the specified ADSL port s Note A port must be enabled before data transmission can occur An enabled but disconnected ADSL port generates more heat than an operating port To minimize heat generation and to enhance reliability remember to disable a port when it is not in use 174 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 26 3 4 ADSL Profile Show Command Syntax adsl profile show profile where lt profile gt A profile name This command displays the specified ADSL profile or all ADSL profiles if you do not specify one The following example displays the ADSL DEFVAL profile Figure 92 ADSL Profile Show Command Example ras gt adsl profile show DEFVAL 01 DEFVAL latency mode interleave up stream down stream mmmmemmem max rate kbps 512 2048 min rate kbps 64 64 latency delay ms 4 4 max margin db 31 31 min margin db 0 0 target margin db 6 6 26 3 5 AD
206. pplication and Access Control from the navigation panel and then Secured Client from the Access Control screen to open the following screen Use this screen to configure IP address ranges of trusted computers that may manage the MSAP2000 AAMS Figure 60 Access Control Secured Client Setup ESTE Management Return Secured Client Setup Index Enable Start IP Address End IP Address Telnet FIP Web ICMP 1 K fo 0 0 0 223 255 255 235 M M M VW 2 Wono J bar J J 0 0 O G 3 A Cowi 0000 O OF OF O e bar FT ka qo oO D Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 49 Access Control Secured Client Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Return Click Return to go back to the previous screen Index This is the client set index number A client set is a group of one or more trusted computers from which an administrator may use a service to manage the AAMS Enable Select this check box to activate this secured client set Clear the check box if you wish to temporarily disable the set without deleting it Start IP Address End IP Address Configure the IP address range of trusted computers from which you can manage the AAM The AAM checks if the client IP address of a computer requesting a service or protocol matches the range set here The AAM immediately disconnects the session if it does not match Telnet FTP Web Select services that may be used for managing the
207. r Debug Mode message 246 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 32 13 2 Wait for the Starting XMODEM upload message before activating XMODEM upload on your terminal 3 This is an example Xmodem configuration upload using HyperTerminal Click Transfer then Send File to display the following screen Figure 152 Example Xmodem Upload Type the configuration file s location or click Browse to search for it Folder C Product Filename C Product config rom Browse Protocol 1K Xmodem bad Send Choose the 1K Xmodem protocol Then click send Close 4 After a successful configuration file upload type atgo to restart the MSAP2000 AAMS The MSAP2000 AAMS is now reinitialized with a default configuration file including the default password of 1234 Recovering the Firmware Usually you should use the web configurator FTP or console port to upload the MSAP2000 AAMS s firmware If the MSAP2000 AAMS will not start up the firmware may be lost or corrupted Use the following procedure to upload firmware to the MSAP2000 AAMS only when you are unable to use another method to upload firmware Note This procedure is for emergency situations only 1 Obtain the firmware file unzip it and save it in a folder on your computer 2 Connect your computer to the console port and use terminal emulation software configured to the following parameters e VT100 terminal emulati
208. r Troubleshooting STEPS CORRECTIVE ACTION Ping AAMS from SNMP server Check the cable connections and IP configuration if it fails Check to see that the community or trusted host in the MSAP2000 AAMS matches the SNMP server s community Make sure that your computer s IP address matches a configured trusted host IP address if configured 244 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 32 10 Telnet 32 11 32 12 I cannot telnet into the MSAP2000 AAMS Table 77 Telnet Troubleshooting STEPS CORRECTIVE ACTION 1 Make sure that a telnet session is not already operating The MSAP2000 AAMS only accepts one telnet session at a time 2 Make sure that your computer s IP address matches a configured secured client IP address if configured The AAMS immediately disconnects the telnet session if secured host IP addresses are configured and your computer s IP address does not match one of them 3 Make sure that you have not disabled the Telnet service or changed the server port number that the MSAP2000 AAMS uses for Telnet 4 Ping the MSAP2000 AAMS from your computer If you are able to ping the AAMS but are still unable to telnet contact the distributor If you cannot ping the AAMS check the cable connections and IP configuration Switch Lockout You could block yourself and all others from accessing the switch through the web configurator if you do one of the following 1 Fi
209. r channel Enable the super channel option to have this channel forward frames belonging to multiple VLAN groups that are not assigned to other channels The super channel functions in the same way as the channel in a single channel environment VPI Type the Virtual Path Identifier for a channel on this port VCI Type the Virtual Circuit Identifier for a channel on this port 64 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 17 VC Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION VC Profile Use the drop down list box to select a VC profile to assign to this channel PVID Type a PVID Port VLAN ID to assign to untagged frames received on this channel You cannot configure a PVID for a super channel This must be the VLAN ID of a VLAN that is already configured The port that you are configuring must also be set to the fixed status in the VLAN Priority Type the priority value 0 to 7 to add to incoming frames without a IEEE 802 1p priority tag An asterisk denotes a super channel Add Apply Click Add to add channel settings on a port Click Apply to save channel setting changes for a port Click Add or Apply to save your changes to the volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to start configuring the screen again
210. r of cells that the port is guaranteed to handle without any discards BT is set to 200 ras gt adsl vcprofile set silver vc vbr 250000 5 100000 200 The following example creates a virtual channel profile named economy that uses LLC encapsulation It uses unspecified bit rate and has the maximum rate peak cell rate set to 50 000 cells per second The acceptable tolerance of the difference between a cell s transfer delay and the expected transfer delay CDVT is set to 100 cells 186 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 26 4 3 ras gt adsl vcprofile set gold Ilc cbr 50000 100 Delete Virtual Channel Profile Command Syntax adsl vcprofile delete lt vcprofile gt where lt vcprofile gt The name of the virtual channel profile up to 31 ASCII characters You cannot change the DEFVAL or DEFVAL_VC profiles You cannot delete a virtual channel profile that is assigned to any of the ADSL ports Assign a different profile to any ADSL ports that are using the profile that you want to delete and then you can delete the profile The following example deletes the silver virtual channel profile Figure 105 Virtual Channel Profile Delete Command Example ras gt adsl vcprofile delete silver 26 5 PVC Channels 26 5 1 Virtual channels also called Permanent Virtual Circuits or PVCs let you set priorities for different services or subscribers You can define up to eight channels on each DSL port and use them for diff
211. r set lt portlist gt Pppoelip arp netbios dhcp eapolligmp none where lt portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or a list of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt pppoelip ar pppoe Reject PPPoE packets Point to Point Protocol over p netbios dh Ethernet relies on PPP and Ethernet PPPoE is a specification cpleapolligm for connecting the users on an Ethernet to the Internet through p none a common broadband medium such as a single DSL line wireless device or cable modem ip Reject IP packets Internet Protocol The underlying protocol for routing packets on the Internet and other TCP IP based networks arp Reject ARP packets Address Resolution Protocol is a protocol for mapping an Internet Protocol address IP address to a physical computer address that is recognized in the local network netbios Reject NetBIOS packets Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP broadcast packets that enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN dhcp Reject DHCP packets Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol automatically assigns IP addresses to clients when they log on DHCP centralizes IP address management on central computers that run the DHCP server program DHCP leases addresses for a period of time which means that past addresses are recycled and made available for future reassignment to other systems 21
212. r the selected checkboxes in the Delete column 124 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 20 Maintenance This chapter explains how to use the maintenance screens 20 1 Maintenance Click Management and then Maintenance in the navigation panel to open the following screen Figure 63 Maintenance ED Maintenance g Firmware Upgrade Click here Restore Text Configuration Click here Backup Text Configuration Click here Restore Default Configuration Click here Reboot System Click Here 20 2 Firmware Upgrade From the Maintenance screen use Firmware Upgrade to upgrade your MSAP2000 AAMS firmware See the System Info screen to verify your current firmware version number Make sure you have downloaded and unzipped the correct model firmware and version to your computer before uploading to the device Note Be sure to upload the correct model firmware as uploading the wrong model firmware may damage your device From the Maintenance screen display the Firmware Upgrade screen as shown next 125 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 64 Firmware Upgrade Firmware Upgrade To upgrade the switch s firmware browse to the location of the binary BIN file and click the upgrade button File Path Browse Upgrade Type the path and file name of the firmware file you wish to upload to the MSAP2000 AAMS in the File Path text box or click Browse to locate it Aft
213. re lt temp gt temperature when the entry was logged 131 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 54 Log Messages VOLTAGE released nominal lt nominal gt mV value lt voltage gt mV LOG MESSAGE TYPE DESCRIPTION THERMO OVER WARN The voltage went outside of the accepted operating range VOLTAGE lt nominal gt nominal voltage of the DC power nominal lt nominal gt mV lt voltage gt voltage of the DC power when logged value lt voltage gt mV THERMO OVER INFO The voltage is back inside the accepted operating range lt nominal gt nominal voltage of the DC power lt voltage gt voltage of the DC power when logged 132 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 21 3 Line Diagnostics Test Parameters The following table lists the line diagnostics test parameters that display see the ITU Tis G 992 3 for more information Table 55 Line Diagnostics Test Parameters LABEL DESCRIPTION b f Discrete Multi Tone DMT modulation divides up a line s bandwidth into sub Ae Hede carriers sub channels of 4 3125 KHz each The first number is the total number of DMT sub carriers the ADSL connection is using The second number indicates how many upstream DMT sub carriers the ADSL connection is using hlinScale The channel characteristics function is represented in linear format by a scale factor and a complex number These are the maximum upstream and downs
214. refer to the appendices for the proper pin assignments Replace the telephone wire if the pin assignments are OK and there is still no dial tone Reconnect the telephone wire to the CO pin Disconnect the telephone wire from the USER pin Connect a telephone to the USER pin refer to the appendices for the proper pin assignments If there is no dial tone your device s internal splitter may be faulty contact your vendor E Reconnect the telephone wire to the USER pin Connect a telephone to a lower port of MDF 3 If there is no dial tone then the problem is between your device and MDF 3 Check the pin assignments of the telephone wire s connector that connects to the USER pin Replace the telephone wire connecting your device to MDF 3 If there is no dial tone then MDF 3 may be faulty Contact the telephone company if that is the case Disconnect the DSL modem from the wall jack and connect the telephone to the wall jack If there is no dial tone then there is a problem with the building wiring between the DSL subscriber s home and the MDF Contact your telephone company for troubleshooting 32 5 Local Server The computer behind a DSL modem or router cannot access a local server connected to the MSAP2000 AAMS Table 73 Local Server Troubleshooting STEPS CORRECTIVE ACTION 1 Refer to Section 33 3 on page 270 to make sure that the subscriber is able to transmit to the MSAP2000 AAMS
215. rence that may cause undesired operations FCC Warning This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital switch pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense CE Mark Warning This is a class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Taiwanese BSMI Bureau of Standards Metrology and Inspection A Warning BE ERE BEHN ENER Tee EA ede ie AS ARES ARTIS TES tela T ABS REE SHS Certifications 1 Go to www ZyXEL com 2 Select your product from the drop down list box on the ZyXEL home page to go to that product s page 3 Select the certification you wish to view from this page Registration Register your product online for free future product updates and information at www ZyXEL com for global products or at www us ZyXEL com for North American products MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Safety Warnings For yo
216. rerr 125 201 Mainlenang SEE RE re RER a 20 3 Restore a Text Configuration File morrnrrrrrrrrrrrrvvrrrnrvverrsrrserersersrversrnseverserseverserseverserens 1260 20 4 Backing Up a Configuration File orsrrrrrrrrrrvvrvsrrrvvevsrrsevevserrevevserreveeserseveesersevevserseverserrere 126 205 Load Factory Defaults u mmmmummiummmnnenvnsjismoktvvnmnvivnesvnenvt 127 206 Reboot System ERE EN EEE oe 20 7 Command Line FP suasessmmnnennnrniaeunnerunnviuetrupn ua 128 CH AP T ERZ 1 Diagnostinen a i LOO oa KE i ee nen en ne EET ERR VE ea AE RE 213 Line Diagnostics Test Parameter9 Luojmuocnesmuemmemmunn nssnnsnnmununnimnieenenvn 133 OH APTERS SME DEG hannene ID 22 1 Introduction to MAC TR acces ern nicrrincctninnaiereerimuaiannoumaanoninn 135 22 2 Viewing the MAC Table ooorvrvvrvvravrrvrevrvvrevervrevsvvreverrsevserreveessevsersevevssevsesseverssersesseveesseveesener 136 10 CH AP T E R238 ARP Table ccccccccccccscscscscscscscscscscsescsesesesesesesssssessscscecsesesevevesavasacacacacacaeacseaes 231 Introduction to ARP Table iiss scsi i vicesessessessnsavouvasn sadn iovaiesuntn soaohtuvouonuaboanbinavainantasoacanune EE FT Were innean eae 232 Viewmg he ARP RR CH A PTE R 2 4 Commands Overview ccccccccccescecseescescceseescesccesececesceseeaeeeses 24 1 Command Line Interface cc cccccccesesssesscsecesesecececscecevevescececscsvavaveevsesecacacevevevssecerersvavaeee CHAPTE
217. rgin 0 31db The maximum acceptable ADSL downstream signal noise margin 0 31db The minimum ADSL downstream transmission rate 64 32000 Kbps The profile is a table that contains information on ADSL line configuration Each entry in this table reflects a parameter defined by a manager which can be used to configure the ADSL line Note that the default value will be used for any of the above fields that are omitted The upstream rate must be less than or equal to the downstream rate Even though you can specify arbitrary numbers in the profile set command the actual rate is always a multiple of 32 Kbps If you enter a rate that is not a multiple of 32 Kbps the actual rate will be the next lower multiple of 32Kbps For instance if you specify 66 Kbps the actual rate will not be over 64Kbps The following example creates a premium profile named gold for providing subscribers with very high connection speeds and no interleave delay It also sets the upstream target signal noise margin to 5 db the upstream minimum acceptable signal noise margin to 0 db the upstream maximum acceptable signal noise margin to 30 db the upstream minimum ADSL transmission rate to 64 Kbps the downstream target signal noise margin to 5 db the downstream minimum acceptable signal noise margin to 0 db the downstream maximum acceptable signal noise margin to 30 db and the downstream minimum ADSL transmission rate to 128 Kbps ras gt adsl profile se
218. rleaved FEBE In interleaved mode the number of Far End Block Errors Interleaved NEBE In interleaved mode the number of Near End Block Errors Interleaved In interleaved mode the number of Far End Forward Error Count FEFEC Interleaved In interleaved mode the number of Near End Forward Error Count NEFEC LPR This is the number of times that the subscriber s ADSL device has experienced a Loss of PoweR been off 15 min 1day history This section of the screen displays line performance statistics for the current and previous 15 minute periods as well as for the current and previous 24 hours ATUC These statistics are for the connection or traffic coming from the subscriber s device to the AAM ATUR These statistics are for the connection or traffic going from the AAM to the subscriber s device Iofs The number of Loss Of Frame Seconds that have occurred within the period loss The number of Loss Of Signal Seconds that have occurred within the period lols The number of Loss Of Link seconds that have occurred within the period prs The number of loss of PoweR Seconds that have occurred within the period ess The number of Errored Seconds that have occurred within the period inits The number of initialization failure traps that have occurred within the period sesl The number of Severely Errored Seconds that have occurred within the period uasi The number of U
219. rns off RSTP priority lt priority gt Sets the system s priority hellotime lt hellotime sec gt Sets the hello timer maxage lt maxage sec gt Sets the max age timer fwdelay lt fwdelay sec gt Sets the forward delay time port show Displays the Ethernet ports RSTP settings enable Enables RSTP on a port lt enet1 enet2 gt disable Disables RSTP on a port lt portlist gt priority Sets the specified port s priority lt portlist gt lt priority gt pathcost Sets the specified port s path cost lt portlist gt lt pathcost gt dhcprelay show Displays DHCP relay settings enable Turns on DHCP relay disable Turns off DHCP relay server lt server ip gt Sets a DHCP relay server IP address entry option82 enable Turns on the DHCP relay agent information Option 82 feature disable Turns off the DHCP relay agent information Option 82 feature set lt relay info gt Adds the specified information for the relay agent vlan See Section 28 8 on page 228 for how to configure Virtual LAN show lt vlanlist gt Displays VLAN settings portshow portlist Displays the port s VLAN settings set lt vid gt lt portlist gt Configures a VLAN entry lt F lt T U gt X N gt lt portlist gt lt F lt T U gt X N gt name enable lt vid gt Turns on a VLAN entry 148 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 58 Commands continue
220. rocess VLAN Administrative Registration Fixed Fixed registration ports are permanent VLAN members Control Registration Forbidden Ports with registration forbidden are forbidden to join the specified VLAN Normal Registration Ports dynamically join a VLAN using GVRP VLAN Tag Control Tagged Ports belonging to the specified VLAN tag all outgoing frames transmitted Untagged Ports belonging to the specified don t tag all outgoing frames transmitted VLAN Port Port VID This is the VLAN ID assigned to untagged frames that this port received Acceptable frame type You may choose to accept both tagged and untagged incoming frames or just tagged incoming frames on a port Ingress filtering If set the switch discards incoming frames for VLANs that do not have this port as a member 8 4 VLAN Status Click Advanced Application and then VLAN to display the VLAN Status screen as shown next 86 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 39 VLAN Status ORENEAN Static VLAN Setting VLAN Port Setting The Number Of VLAN 1 Page of 1 Index Status Name VID Elapsed Time 1 PE NES SNB JE Se Ora Pte enet1 enet2 1 Static DEFAULT 1 Ofdays 3 44 40 LEU PU aU EE EE DER BEN NE u UV He Poll Interval s ao Set Interval Stop Change Pages Previous Page Next Page The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 26 VLAN Status
221. rofile screen Security Select this check box to copy this port s security settings This is configured in the Port Security screen see the chapter on port security Frame Type Select this check box to copy this port s allowed frame type This is configured in the Static VLAN Setting screen see the chapter on VLAN Virtual Channels Select this check box to copy this port s virtual channel settings These are configured in the VC Setup screen Alarm Profile Select this check box to copy this port s alarm profile This is configured in the Alarm Profile Setup screen PVID amp Priority Select this check box to copy this port s PVID and priority settings These are configured in the VLAN Port Setting screen see the chapter on VLAN 60 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 15 xDSL Port Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Packet Filter Select this check box to copy this port s packet filter settings These are configured in the Packet Filtering screen see the chapter on packet filtering Port This field shows the port index number Active This field shows whether the port is enabled or not Customer Info This field shows information you configured in the xDSL Port Setting screen to identify the subscriber Customer Tel This field shows the subscriber s telephone number you configured in the xDSL Port Setting screen Profile This field shows which profile is
222. rtlist gt Turns on the Power ManageMent feature on the specified port s disable lt portlist gt Turns off the Power ManageMent feature on the specified port s show lt portlist gt Displays the Power ManageMent feature setting for the specified port s switch igmpsnoop show Displays the IGMP snooping setting enable Turns on IGMP snooping disable Turns off IGMP snooping igmpfilter set lt port gt Sets an ADSL port s to use an lt name gt IGMP filter profile show portlist Displays which IGMP filter profile an ADSL port s is using profile set lt name gt Configures an IGMP filter profile lt index gt lt startip gt lt endip gt delete lt name gt Removes an IGMP filter profile show name Displays an IGMP filter profile s settings queuemap show Displays the system s priority level to physical queue mapping set lt priority gt Maps a priority level to a lt queue gt physical queue garptimer show Displays the GARP timer status join lt join msec gt Sets the GARP timer s Join Timer leave lt leave msec gt Sets the GARP timer s Leave Timer leaveall lt leaveall msec gt Sets the GARP timer s Leave All Timer rstp Rapid STP commands refer to IEEE 802 1w 147 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 58 Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION show Displays the RSTP settings enable Turns on RSTP disable Tu
223. rtshow portlist Displays the port s VLAN settings 191 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 61 Switch Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION set lt vid gt lt portlist gt Configures a VLAN entry lt F lt T U gt X N gt lt portlist gt lt F lt T U gt X N gt name enable lt vid gt Turns on a VLAN entry disable lt vid gt Turns off a VLAN entry delete lt vlanlist gt Removes a VLAN entry pvid lt portlist gt Sets the PVID Port VLAN ID lt pvid gt assigned to untagged frames or priority frames 0 VID received on this port s priority lt portlist gt Sets a port s default IEEE lt priority gt 802 1p priority gvrp lt portlist gt Turns GVRP on or off for the lt enable disable specified ports gt frametype lt portlist gt Sets the specified DSL port to lt all tag untag gt accept VLAN tagged or untagged Ethernet frames or cpu show Displays the VLAN ID of the management VLAN set lt vid gt Sets the VLAN ID of the management VLAN mac flush Clears learned MAC addresses from the forwarding table agingtime show Displays the MAC aging out time period set Sets the MAC aging out time period lt sec 0 disabled gt count show Displays the system s current MAC portlist address count settings enable Turns on the MAC address count lt portlist gt filter for a port s disable Turns off the MAC address
224. s Key MSAP2000 AAMS Computer Server dll x re Computer MSAP2000 Gateway E E5 Central Office ISP Internet Hub Switch 4 o gt HB o User Guide Feedback Help us help you E mail all User Guide related comments questions or suggestions for improvement to techwriter ZyXEL com tw Thank you Firmware Naming Conventions A firmware version includes the model code and release number as shown in the following example Firmware Version V3 50 ABA 0 ABA or ABP is the model code ABA denotes the MSAP2000 AAMS for ADSL over POTS Annex A 0 is this firmware s release number This varies as new firmware is released Your firmware s release number may not match what is displayed in this User s Guide MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 1 Getting to Know Your MSAP2000 AAMS This chapter introduces the main features and applications of the MSAP2000 AAMS 1 1 Introduction The MSAP2000 AAMS ADSL Access Module is an 12 port ADSL2 multiplexer network module with built in splitter that aggregates traffic from 12 lines to an Ethernet port and is integrated splitters to allow voice and ADSL to be carried over the same phone line wiring The hot swappable MSAP2000 AAMS is designed to be installed in an MSAP2000 SHELF that connects ADSL subscribers to the Internet With its built in web configurator managing and configuring the switch is easy From cabinet man
225. s calculated based on the CDVT or BT Figure 32 TAT CDVT and BT in Traffic Shaping 4 TAT gt Cell Time B CDVT BT 7 13 VC Profile Screen Click Basic Setting and then xDSL Profiles Setup in the navigation panel and then VC Profile to open the following screen 72 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 33 VC Profile Name Encap Class PCR CDYVT SCR BT BEATE Port Profile Alarm Profile IGMP Filter Profile Index Name Encap AAL Class PCR CDVT SCR BT Select 1 DEFVAL llc aal56 ubr 300000 0 OD 2 DEFVAL VC ve aal5 amp ubr 300000 0 Modify Delete EE ve ur z 0 300000 cell sec wma 0 15527 Kbyte sec 0 256 to 300000jcellser 0 15527 Kbytersec 0 286 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 19 VC Profile LABEL DESCRIPTION Port Profile Click Port Profile to configure port profiles and assign them to individual ports Alarm Profile Click Alarm Profile to open the Alarm Profile screen where you can configure limits that trigger an alarm when exceeded IGMP Filter Profile Click IGMP Filter Profile to open the IGMP Filter Profile screen where you can configure IGMP multicast filter profiles Index This is the number of the VC profile Name This name identifies the VC profile Encap This field displays the profile s type of encapsulation Ile or ve AAL The MSAP2000 AAMS ADSL ports PVCs
226. s gt lt atuc lols gt lt atuc lprs gt lt atur prs gt lt atuc ess gt lt atur ess gt lt atuc fast rateup gt lt atur fast rateup gt lt atuc interleave rateup gt lt atur interleave rateup gt lt atuc fast ratedown gt lt atur fast ratedown gt lt atuc interleave ratedown gt lt atur interleave ratedown gt lt init fail enable gt lt atuc ses gt lt atur ses gt lt atuc uas gt lt atur uas gt delete lt profile gt Removes an alarm profile map lt portlist gt Maps specified ADSL ports to an lt profile gt alarm profile showmap port number Displays alarm profile to ADSL port mapping showport port Displays which alarm profile parameters are mapped to an ADSL port annexl enable lt portlist gt Turns on the Annex L feature on the specified port s disable lt portlist gt Turns off the Annex L feature on the specified port s show lt portlist gt Displays the Annex L feature setting for the specified port s sra enable lt portlist gt Turns on Seamless Rate Adaptation SRA ADSL2 on the specified port s 146 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 58 Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION disable lt portlist gt Turns off SRA ADSL2 on the specified port s show lt portlist gt Displays the SRA ADSL2 setting for the specified port s pmm enable lt po
227. screen Use the Port Profile screen to configure profiles of ADSL port settings such as the transfer rate interleave delay and signal to noise ratio settings VC Profile Click VC Profile to open the VC Profile screen where you can configure virtual channel profiles IGMP Filter Profile Click IGMP Filter Profile to open the IGMP Filter Profile screen where you can configure IGMP multicast filter profiles Name Type a name to identify the alarm profile you cannot change the name of the DEFVAL profile You can use up to 31 ASCII characters spaces are not allowed Add Click Add to save your changes to the volatile memory to avoid losing these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to start configuring the screen again Threshold Specify limits for the individual performance counters The MSAP2000 AAMS sends an alarm tram and generates a syslog entry when one of these thresholds is exceeded A value of 0 disables the alarm threshold ATU C These fields are for traffic coming from the subscriber s device ATU R These fields are for traffic going from the MSAP2000 AAMS 15 Min LOF sec _ This field sets the limit for the number of Loss Of Frame seconds that are permitted to occur within 15 minutes 75 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide
228. se with the MSAP2000 AAMS Table 63 Statistics Commands COMMAND DESCRIPTION statistics monitor Displays hardware monitor statistics adsl show portlist Displays ADSL port connection statistics linedata lt portlist gt Displays the line data load per symbol tone lineinfo lt portlist gt Displays the statistics of the specified ADSL ports lineperf lt portlist gt Displays the line quality of the specified ADSL port linerate lt portlist gt Displays the line rate 15mperf lt portlist gt Displays line performance statistics count lt 0 96 gt for the current and previous 15 7 minute periods 1dayperf lt portlist gt Displays line performance statistics for the current and previous 24 hours igmpsnoop Displays IGMP snooping statistics rstp Displays RSTP statistics vlan vlanlist Displays current VLANS mac Displays the current MAC address forwarding table port lt portlist gt This command displays and or lt vpi gt erases port statistics lt vci gt clear dot1x portlist Displays IEEE 802 1X statistics enet Displays Ethernet port settings and statistics 224 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 63 Statistics Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION ip Displays a management port s status and performance data showall nopause Displays all statistics configuration 29 2 Statistics M
229. services on the priority of the traffic flow Traffic Shaping Traffic shaping is an agreement between the carrier and the subscriber to regulate the average rate and fluctuations of data transmission over an ATM network This agreement helps eliminate congestion which is important for transmission of real time data such as audio and video connections ATM Traffic Classes These are the basic ATM traffic classes defined by the ATM Forum Traffic Management 4 0 Specification Constant Bit Rate CBR Constant Bit Rate CBR is an ATM traffic class that provides fixed bandwidth CBR traffic is generally time sensitive doesn t tolerate delay CBR is used for connections that continuously require a specific amount of bandwidth Examples of connections that need CBR would be high resolution video and voice Variable Bit Rate VBR The Variable Bit Rate VBR ATM traffic class is used with bursty connections Connections that use the Variable Bit Rate VBR traffic class can be grouped into real time rt VBR or non real time nrt VBR connections The rt VBR real time Variable Bit Rate type is used with bursty connections that require closely controlled delay and delay variation An example of an rt VBR connection would be video conferencing Video conferencing requires real time data transfers and the bandwidth requirement varies in proportion to the video image s changing dynamics The nrt VBR non real time Variable Bit Rate type
230. shows the total number of received and transmitted broadcast This field shows the total number of received and transmitted multicast frames octet total This field shows the total number of received and transmitted octets unicast multicast and broadcast Poll Interval s The text box displays how often in seconds this screen refreshes You may change the refresh interval by typing a new number in the text box and then clicking Set Interval Stop Click Stop to halt system statistic polling Clear Counter Select a port from the Port drop down list box and then click Clear Counter to erase the recorded statistical information for that port 5 2 2 ADSL Port Statistics In the Home screen click an ADSL port s number to display that port s statistics screen as shown next 45 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 22 ADSL Port Statistics Fort Statistics xDSL Portf1 v Port Name Tx packets 6355 Rx packets 0 Tx broadcast packets 6351 Rx broadcast packets 0 Tx discard packets 0 Rx discard packets 0 Return Errors Tx rate Rx rate Tx bytes Rx bytes VPIVCI Tx packets Rx packets Tx rate Rx rate Tx cells Rx cells Errors Port Poll Interval s 40 1 Clear Counter 818064 17043 Set interval Stop The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 8 ADSL Port Statistics LABEL DESCRIP
231. ss or URL if you configure a domain name server in the IP Address Setup screen of your timeserver The searches for the timeserver for up to 60 seconds If you select a timeserver that is unreachable then this screen will appear locked for 60 seconds Please wait Current Time This field displays the time you open this menu or refresh the menu 51 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 6 4 Table 10 General Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION New Time Enter the new time in hour minute and second format The new time then hh min ss appears in the Current Time field after you click Apply Current Date This field displays the date you open this menu New Date yyyy Enter the new date in year month and day format The new date then appears mm dd in the Current Date field after you click Apply Time Zone Select the time difference between UTC Universal Time Coordinated formerly known as GMT Greenwich Mean Time and your time zone from the drop down list box Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel to start configuring the screen again IGMP Snooping IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a session layer protocol
232. start the MSAP2000 AAMS without physically turning the power off Press the Click Here button next to Reboot System to display the following screen 127 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Click OK You then see the screen as shown in Figure 84 on page 155 Click OK again and wait for the MSAP2000 AAMS to restart This takes up to two minutes This does not affect the MSAP2000 AAMS s configuration Figure 85 Confirm Restart Microsoft Internet Explorer x 2 Are you sure you want to reboot system Cancel 20 7 Command Line FTP See the commands part of this User s Guide for how to upload or download files to or from the MSAP2000 AAMS using FTP commands 128 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 21 1 CHAPTER 21 Diagnostic This chapter explains the Diagnostic screen Diagnostic Click Management and then Diagnostic in the navigation panel to display this screen Use this screen to check system logs ping IP addresses or perform loopback tests Figure 68 Diagnostic Thu Jan 0l Thu Jan 01 Thu Jan 01 Jan Ol Thu Jan 01 Thu Jan 0l Thu Jan 01 Thu Jan 0l 9 Thu Jan 01 10 Thu Jan Ol 11 Thu Jan 01 12 Thu Jan 01 13 Thu Jan 01 14 Thu Jan 01 15 Thu Jan Ol 16 Thu Jan 0l 17 Thu Jan OL 18 Thu Jan 01 19 Thu Jan 01 20 Thu Jan 01 on JIJDNGBONE Syslog Event Log IP Ping Loopback Test LDM Test 06 06 02 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0
233. storing default configuration Do you want to proceed y n gt restoring configuration saving configuration to flash The MSAP2000 AAMS is now reinitialized with a default configuration file including the default password of 1234 Resetting the Defaults Via Boot Commands If you forget your password or cannot access the MSAP2000 AAMS you will need to use this section to reload the factory default configuration file Uploading the factory default configuration file replaces the current configuration file with the factory default configuration file This means that you will lose all previous configurations and the speed of the console port will be reset to the default of 9600bps with 8 data bit no parity one stop bit and flow control set to none The password will also be reset to 1234 and the IP address to 192 168 1 1 Note Uploading the factory default configuration file erases the MSAP2000 AAMS s entire configuration Obtain the default configuration file unzip it and save it in a folder Use a console cable to connect a computer with terminal emulation software to the MSAP2000 AAMS s console port Turn the MSAP2000 off and then on to begin a session When you turn on the MSAP2000 again you will see the initial screen When you see the message Press any key to enter Debug Mode within 3 seconds press any key to enter debug mode To upload the configuration file do the following 1 Type atic after the Ente
234. sure mission critical data gets delivered on time Follows the IEEE 802 1p priority setting standard 1 3 Applications These are the main applications for the MSAP2000 AAMS e Internet access and voice services e Other applications include telemedicine surveillance systems remote servers systems cellular base stations and high quality teleconferencing 1 3 1 MTU Application The following diagram depicts a typical application of the MSAP2000 AAMS with ADSL modems in a large residential building or multiple tenant unit MTU that leverages existing phone line wiring to provide Internet access to all tenants ADSL service can coexist with voice service on the same line 22 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 1 MTU Application Internet 1 3 2 Curbside Application The MSAP2000 AAMS can also be used by an Internet Service Provider ISP in a street cabinet to form a mini POP Point of Presence to provide broadband services to residential areas that are too far away from the ISP to avail of DSL services Residents need an ADSL modem connected as shown in the previous figure Figure 2 Curbside Application un I Street Cabinet Internet 23 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 2 Hardware Specification This chapter describes the front panel and rear panel of the MSAP2000 AAMS and it s hardware specification 2 1 Front Panel The figure shows the front panel of the MSAP20
235. system related configuration adsl show portlist Displays the ADSL settings enable lt portlist gt Turns on the specified ADSL ports disable lt portlist gt Turns off the specified ADSL ports profile show profile Displays profile contents 143 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 58 Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION set profile gt lt fast Creates an ADSL profile interleave lt up delay gt lt down delay gt gt lt up max rate gt lt down max rate gt lt up target margin gt lt upminmargin gt lt upmaxmargin gt lt up min rate gt lt down target margin gt lt down min margin gt lt down max margin gt lt down min rate gt delete lt profile gt Removes an ADSL profile map lt portlist gt i i lt profile gt eer a specific profile to a lt glite gdmt t14 and sets the port s ADSL mode 13 auto adsl2 adsl2 gt P i or lt portlist gt lt profile gt lt gdmtletsi auto jadsl2 adsl2 gt name lt portlist gt lt name gt Sets the name of a port s tel lt portlist gt Records an ADSL port s lt tel gt subscriber s telephone number loopback lt portlist gt lt f5 gt lt vpi gt Performs an OAMF5 loopback test lt vci gt veprofile See Section 27 4 on page 212 for how to configure virtual channel profiles show vcprofile Shows a virtual channel profile s contents set lt vcprofile gt
236. t A descriptive name for the port This command sets the name of an ADSL port s The following example sets ADSL port 5 to have the name super Figure 95 ADSL Name Command Example ras gt adsl name 5 super ADSL Tel Command Syntax adsl tel lt portlist gt lt tel gt 178 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 26 3 10 where lt portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt or a list of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt lt tel gt An ADSL subscriber s telephone number This command records the telephone number of an ADSL subscriber telephone number The following example records the telephone number 12345678 for ADSL port 5 Figure 96 ADSL Tel Command Example ras gt adsl tel 5 12345678 ADSL Loopback Command Syntax adsl loopback lt portlist gt lt f5 gt lt vpi gt lt vci gt where lt portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt ora list of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt lt f5 gt Use f5 to perform an OAM F5 loopback test on the specified DSL port An Operational Administration and Maintenance Function 5 test is used to test the connection between two DSL devices First the DSL devices establish a virtual circuit Then the local device sends an ATM F5 cell to be returned by the rem
237. t Use the Port Profile screen to configure port profiles Mode Select the ports ADSL operational mode Select the mode that the subscriber s device uses or auto to have MSAP2000 AAMS automatically determine the mode to use See Table 14 on page 83 for information on the individual ADSL modes Atarm Profite Filter Profile The atarm profite defines threshotds that trigger an alarm when exceeded IGMP The IGMP filter profile defines which multicast groups a port can join Select a profile of IGMP filter settings to assign to this port Use the IGMP Filter Profile ADSL2 2 feature screen to configure IGMP filter profiles see Table 51 on page 103 These are features available with ADSL2 2 The subscriber s ADSL device must also support the individual features in order to use them At the time of writing these features have not been fully tested and their performance and Annex L interoperability cannot be guaranteed Enable the Annex L feature to use reach extended ADSL2 This allows increased ADSL2 connection distances PMM Enable the Power ManageMent PMM feature to reduce the amount of power used overall and reduces the instances of the connection going down PMM increases or decreases the transmission power based on line conditions PMM also decreases the number of service interruptions SRA Enable Seamless Rate Adaptation SRA to automatically adjust the connection s data rate according
238. t put firmware bin ras Quit FTP ftp gt quit Wait for the update to finish The MSAP2000 AAMS restarts automatically 240 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 32 Troubleshooting This chapter covers potential problems and possible remedies After each problem description some steps are provided to help you to diagnose and solve the problem 32 1 The SYS or PWR LED Does Not Turn On Table 68 SYS LED Troubleshooting STEPS CORRECTIVE ACTION 1 Make sure the power wires are properly connected to the power supply and the power supply is operating normally Make sure you are using the correct power source refer to the appendices Make sure the power wires are connected properly The LED itself or the unit may be faulty contact your vendor 32 2 The ALM LED Is On The ALM alarm LED lights when the MSAP2000 AAMS is overheated or the voltage readings are outside the tolerance levels Table 69 ALM LED Troubleshooting STEPS CORRECTIVE ACTION 1 Use the statistics monitor command to verify the cause of the alarm See step 2 if the unit is overheated and step 3 if the voltages are out of the allowed ranges Ensure that the MSAP2000 AAMS is installed in a well ventilated area and that normal operation of the fans is not inhibited Keep the bottom top and all sides clear of obstructions and away from the exhaust of other equipment If the voltage levels are
239. t gold fast 800 8000 5 0 30 64 5 0 30 128 This next example creates a similar premium profile named goldi except it sets an interleave delay of 16 ms for both upstream and downstream traffic 176 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 26 3 6 26 3 7 ras gt adsl profile set goldi interleave 16 16 800 8000 5 0 30 64 50 30 128 After you create an ADSL profile you can assign it to any of the ADSL ports on any of the MSAP2000 AAMSs in the MSAP2000 ADSL Profile Delete Command Syntax adsl profile delete lt profile gt where lt profile gt A profile name This command allows you to delete an individual ADSL profile by its name You cannot delete a profile that is assigned to any of the DSL ports in the MSAP2000 AAMS Assign a different profile to any DSL ports that are using the profile that you want to delete and then you can delete the profile The following example deletes the gold ADSL profile Figure 93 ADSL Profile Delete Command Example ras gt adsl profile delete gold ADSL Profile Map Command Syntax adsl profile map lt portlist gt lt profile gt lt glite gdmt t1413 auto adsI2 adsl2 gt adsl profile map lt portlist gt lt profile gt lt gdmt etsi auto adsl2 adsl2 gt where lt portlist gt You can specify a single ADSL port lt 1 gt all ADSL ports lt gt ora list of ADSL ports lt 1 3 5 gt You can also include a range of ports lt 1 5 6 10 gt lt profile gt T
240. t none gt Sets the system to not use a time server lt daytime time n tp gt Sets the time service protocol time server s IP address and the lt ip gt lt utc lt device s time zone gt 0100 1200 gt nosync SYNC Retrieves the date and time from the time server log show Displays the device s logs clear Clears the device s logs wdog show Displays the current watchdog firmware protection feature status and timer 142 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 58 Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION set lt msec 0 disable gt Sets the watchdog count 0 turns the watchdog off monitor show Displays the hardware monitor s statistics enable Turns the hardware monitor on disable Turns the hardware monitor off vlimit lt idx gt lt high gt Sets the maximum lt high gt or lt low gt minimum lt low gt voltage at the specified voltage sensor You can specify a voltage with up to three digits after a decimal point 0 941 for example Normal voltage at each sensor Idx 1 1 0v 2 1 8v 3 3 3v 4 2 4v tlimit lt idx gt lt high gt Sets the maximum lt high gt or lt low gt minimum lt low gt temperature at the specified temperature sensor You can specify a temperature with up to three digits after a decimal point 50 025 for example Temperature sensor locations Idx 1 DSL 2 CPU 3 power module showall nopause Displays all
241. t telnet 23 sys server port ftp 21 sys server port web 80 HHH client sys client set telnet 0 0 0 0 sys client set ftp 0 0 0 0 sys client set web 0 0 0 0 sys client set icmp 0 0 0 0 HHH syslog sys syslog enable sys syslog server 172 23 15 240 sys syslog facility 1 HHH timeserver sys timeserver set time 172 23 15 240 utc 0800 nosync HHH watchdog sys wdog set 10000 31 3 3 Editable Configuration File Upload You can upload the configuration file by following the steps below Use an FTP client to connect to the MSAP2000 AAMS C gt ftp lt MSAP2000 AAMS IP address gt 239 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Enter the User name just press ENTER User ENTER Enter the management password 1234 by default Password 1234 230 Logged in ftp gt put xxx dat config 0 Quit FTP ftp gt quit Wait for the update to finish The system restarts automatically 31 4 Firmware File Upgrade Use the following procedure to upload firmware to the MSAP2000 AAMS Use an FTP client to connect to the MSAP2000 AAMS C gt ftp lt MSAP2000 AAMS IP address gt Enter the User name just press ENTER User ENTER Enter the management password 1234 by default Password 1234 230 Logged in Transfer the firmware file to the MSAP2000 AAMS The firmware file on your computer that you want to put onto the MSAP2000 AAMS is named firmware bin The internal firmware file on the MSAP2000 AAMS is named ras ftp g
242. t when the hardware monitor chip has failed sendVoltageOutOfRange This trap is sent periodically when the MSAP2000 AAMS s voltage is outside of the Trap accepted operating range sendVoltageNormalTrap This trap is sent when the MSAP2000 AAMS is no longer outside of the accepted operating range sendOverHeatTrap This trap is sent periodically when the MSAP2000 AAMS is overheated sendOverHeatOverTrap This trap is sent when the MSAP2000 AAMS is no longer overheated sendRebootTrap This trap is sent each time the MSAP2000 AAMS restarts 18 3 4 Configuring SNMP Click Advanced Application and Access Control from the navigation panel and then SNMP from the Access Control screen to open the following screen Figure 57 Access Control SNMP JENS Return Get Community public Set Community public Trap Community public Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 Port 1162 1 65535 Trusted Host 0 0 0 0 means trust all 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel 119 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 46 Access Control SNMP LABEL DESCRIPTION Return Click Return to go back to the previous screen Get Community Enter the get community which is the password for the incoming Get and GetNext requests from the management station You can use up to 31 ASCII characters spaces are not allowed Set Community Enter the set community whi
243. t will take 60 seconds if time server is unreachable Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 10 General Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Host Name Choose a descriptive name for identification purposes This name consists of up to 31 ASCII characters spaces are allowed Location Enter the geographic location of MSAP2000 AAMS You can use up to 31 ASCII characters spaces are not allowed Contact Person s Enter the name of the person in charge of MSAP2000 AAMS up to 31 ASCII Name characters spaces are not allowed Model This field displays your device type Use Time Server Enter the time service protocol that a timeserver uses Not all timeservers When Bootup support all protocols so you may have to use trial and error to find a protocol that works The main differences between them are the time format When you select the Daytime RFC 867 format the switch displays the day month year and time with no time zone adjustment When you use this format it is recommended that you use a Daytime timeserver within your geographical time zone Time RFC 868 format displays a 4 byte integer giving the total number of seconds since 1970 1 1 at 0 0 0 NTP RFC 1305 is similar to Time RFC 868 None is the default value Enter the time manually Each time you turn on the MSAP2000 AAMS the time and date will be reset to 2000 1 1 0 0 Time Server IP Enter the IP addre
244. t14 13 auto adsl2 a dsl2 gt or lt portlist gt lt profile gt lt gdmtletsi auto jadsl2 adsl2 gt name lt portlist gt lt name gt Sets the name of a port s tel lt portlist gt Records an ADSL port s lt tel gt subscriber s telephone number loopback Kportlist gt lt f5 gt lt vpi gt Performs an OAMF5 loopback test lt vci gt veprofile See Section 27 4 on page 212 for how to configure virtual channel profiles show vcprofile Shows a virtual channel profile s contents set lt vcprofile gt Creates a UBR or CBR virtual lt vellic gt channel profile with lt ubr cbr gt lt pcr gt encapsulation lt cdvt gt set lt vcprofile gt Creates a VBR virtual channel lt vellc gt profile lt vbr rt with encapsulation vbr nrt vbr gt lt pcr gt lt cdvt gt lt scr gt lt bt gt delete vcprofile gt Removes a virtual channel profile pvc See Section 27 5 on page 214 for how to configure Permanent Virtual Circuits show lt portlist gt Displays PVC settings lt vpi gt lt vci gt set lt portlist gt Creates or modifies a PVC setting lt vpi gt lt vci gt lt super vid 1 4094 lt priority gt gt lt vcprofile gt delete lt portlist gt Removes a PVC setting lt vpi gt lt vci gt showall nopause Displays all ADSL configuration linediag 171 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 60 ADSL Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION setld lt port number gt Sets the s
245. tal number of pages of information Previous Next Click one of these buttons to show the previous next screen if all of the information cannot be seen in one screen Show Select an individual port for which to show information Index This is the number of the MAC table entry MAC This is the MAC address of the device that the MSAP2000 AAMS has learned is connected to the port Port This is the port to which the MAC address is associated VID This is the VLAN group to which the device belongs VPIVCI This field displays the Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Circuit Identifier of the channel PVC to which the device is connected for devices connected to DSL ports Refresh Click Refresh to update the list of dynamically learned MAC addresses Flush Click Flush to remove all of the dynamically learned MAC address entries from the MAC table 136 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 23 1 23 1 1 CHAPTER 23 ARP Table This chapter introduces the ARP table Introduction to ARP Table Address Resolution Protocol ARP is a protocol for mapping an Internet Protocol address IP address to a physical machine address also known as a Media Access Control or MAC address on the local area network An IP version 4 address is 32 bits long In an Ethernet LAN MAC addresses are 48 bits long The ARP Table maintains an association between each MAC address and its corresponding IP address How ARP Works When an incoming packet
246. tem s time server settings An example is shown next Figure 85 Time Server Show Command Example ras gt sys timeserver show mode none server 0 0 0 0 timezone utc 25 2 17 Time Server Set Command Syntax sys timeserver set lt none gt sys timeserver set lt daytime time ntp gt lt ip gt lt utc lt gt 0100 1200 gt nosync 163 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 25 2 18 where none This sets the system to not use a time server lt daytime time ntp gt The time service protocol lt daytime gt When you select the Daytime RFC 867 format the switch displays the day month year and time with no time zone adjustment When you use this format it is recommended that you use a Daytime timeserver within your geographical time zone lt time gt Time RFC 868 format displays a 4 byte integer giving the total number of seconds since 1970 1 1 at 0 0 0 lt ntp gt NTP RFC 1305 is similar to Time RFC 868 lt ip gt The IP address of the time server lt utc lt gt The time difference between UTC Universal Time 0100 1200 gt Coordinated formerly known as GMT Greenwich Mean Time and your time zone nosync This sets the system to not synchronize with the time server immediately after you press Enter This command sets the MSAP2000 AAMS to use a time server The following example sets the MSAP2000 AAMS to use Daytime protocol to access a time server at IP address 192 50 77 16
247. the associated MAC address isolation show Displays the subscriber isolation feature s current setting enable Turns the subscriber isolation feature on disable Turns the subscriber isolation feature off daisychain Sets the device to daisychain mode standalone Sets the device to standalone mode showall nopause Displays all of the MSAP2000 AAMS s switch configuration ip 151 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 58 Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION show Displays the management IP address settings arp show Displays the device s IP Address Resolution Protocol status flush Clears the device s IP Address Resolution Protocol status set lt ip gt Sets the management IP address netmask and subnet mask gateway lt gateway ip gt Sets the IP address of the device s default gateway route show Displays the routing table set lt dst ip gt Adds a routing table entry netmask lt gateway ip gt metric lt name gt default Sets AAMS s default route lt gateway ip gt lt metric gt delete lt dst ip gt Removes a routing table entry netmask flush Clears the routing table ping lt ip gt count Pings a remote host showall nopause Displays all of the AAMS s IP configuration statisti cs monitor Displays hardware monitor statistics adsl show portlist Displays ADSL port connection statistics lined
248. this time more cells up to the MBS can be sent at the PCR again The following figure illustrates the relationship between PCR SCR and MBS Figure 32 PCR SCR and MBS in Traffic Shaping Cell Rate PC 7 SCR MBS MBS 71 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 7 12 2 4 7 12 2 5 7 12 2 6 Cell Delay Variation Tolerance CDVT Cell Delay Variation Tolerance CDVT is the accepted tolerance of the difference between a cell s transfer delay and the expected transfer delay CDVT controls the time scale over which the PCR is enforced CDVT is used to determine if a cell arrived too early in relation to PCR Burst Tolerance BT Burst Tolerance BT is the maximum number of cells that the port is guaranteed to handle without any discards BT controls the time scale over which the SCR is enforced BT is used to determine if a cell arrived too early in relation to SCR Use this formula to calculate BT MBS 1 x 1 SCR 1 PCR BT Theoretical Arrival Time TAT The Theoretical Arrival Time TAT is when the next cell in an ATM connection s stream of cells is expected to arrive TAT is calculated based on the PCR or SCR The following figure illustrates the relationship between TAT CDVT and BT If a cell arrives at time A then according to PCR or SCR the next cell is expected to arrive at time B If the next cell arrives earlier than time C it is discarded or tagged for not complying with the TAT Time C i
249. tic VLAN Example ras gt switch vlan set 2000 1 FU ras gt switch vlan set 2001 2 FU 27 8 7 2 Forwarding Process Example 27 8 7 2 1 Tagged Frames 1 First the MSAP2000 AAMS checks the VLAN ID VID of tagged frames or assigns temporary VIDs to untagged frames see Section 28 8 6 on page 231 2 The MSAP2000 AAMS then checks the VID in a frame s tag against the SVLAN table 205 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 3 The MSAP2000 AAMS notes what the SVLAN table says that is the SVLAN tells the MSAP2000 AAMS whether or not to forward a frame and if the forwarded frames should have a tag 4 Then the MSAP2000 AAMS applies the port filter to finish the forwarding decision This means that frames may be dropped even if the SVLAN says to forward them Frames might also be dropped if they are sent to a CPE customer premises equipment DSL device that does not accept tagged frames 27 8 7 2 2 Untagged Frames 1 An untagged frame comes in from the LAN 2 The MSAP2000 AAMS checks the PVID table and assigns a temporary VID 3 The MSAP2000 AAMS ignores the port from which the frame came because the MSAP2000 AAMS does not send a frame to the port from which it came The MSAP2000 AAMS also does not forward frames to forbidden ports 4 If after looking at the SVLAN the MSAP2000 AAMS does not have any ports to which it will send the frame it won t check the port filter 27 8 8 VLAN Frame Type Command Syntax switch
250. tication Reauthentication Period s 1 C AUTO ne On Y 3600 60 65535 2 C AUTO v On Y 3600 60 65535 3 C AUTO v On Y 3600 60 65535 4 C AUTO v On Y 3600 60 65535 5 C AUTO ai On Y 3600 60 65535 6 AUTO v On Y 3600 60 65535 7 C AUTO v On Y 3600 60 65535 8 AUTO bd On Y 3600 60 65535 9 AUTO F On Y 3600 60 65535 10 Bi AUTO v On Y 3600 50 65535 11 EG AUTO v On Y 3600 50 65535 12 AUTO v On Y 3600 50 65535 Apply Cancel 108 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 38 Port Authentication 802 1x LABEL DESCRIPTION RADIUS Local Profile Click this link to configure the RADIUS server or local profile settings Enable Select this check box to turn on IEEE 802 1x authentication on the AAMS Port This field displays a port number Enable Select this checkbox to turn on IEEE 802 1x authentication on this port Control Select Auto to authenticate all subscribers before they can access the network through this port Select Force Authorized to allow all connected users to access the network through this port without authentication Select Force Unauthorized to deny all subscribers access to the network through this port Reauthentication Specify if a subscriber has to periodically re enter his or her username and password to stay connected to the port Reauthentication Specify how often a client has t
251. tion In the field to the right specify the number of times that you want to ping the IP address Click Ping to have the MSAP2000 AAMS ping the IP address in the field to the left Loopback Test Select a port number from the Port drop down list box and enter a VPI VCI to specify a PVC Click OAM F5 Loopback to perform an OAMF5 loopback test on the specified DSL port An Operational Administration and Maintenance Function 5 test is used to test the connection between two DSL devices First the DSL devices establish a virtual circuit Then the local device sends an ATM F5 cell to be returned by the remote DSL device both DSL devices must support ATM F5 in order to use this test The results Passed or Failed display in the multi line text box LDM Test Select a port number from the Port drop down list box and click Set LDM Port to have the MSAP2000 AAMS perform line diagnostics on the specified port The ADSL port must be set to ADSL2 or ADSL2 ADSL operational mode and have a connection It takes about one minute for the line diagnostics to finish The screen displays a message confirming upon which ADSL port line diagnostics will be performed Click Get LDM Data to display the line diagnostics results after using the Set LDM Port button on an ADSL port Use the line diagnostics results to analyze problems with the physical ADSL line Note Wait at least one minute after using Set LDM Port before using Get LDM Data
252. to be less than the maximum upstream transfer rate Interleave Configure this field when you set the Latency Mode field to Interleave Type Delay ms the number of milliseconds 1 255 of interleave delay to use for upstream transfers It is recommended that you configure the same latency delay for both upstream and downstream Max SNR db Type the maximum upstream signal to noise margin 0 31 dB Min SNR db Type the minimum upstream signal to noise margin 0 31 dB Configure the minimum upstream signal to noise margin to be less than or equal to the maximum upstream signal to noise margin Target SNR Type the target upstream signal to noise margin 0 31 dB Configure the target db upstream signal to noise margin to be greater than or equal to the minimum upstream signal to noise margin and less than or equal to the maximum upstream signal to noise margin Down Stream The following parameters relate to downstream transmissions Max Rate Type a maximum downstream transfer rate 32 to 25000 Kbps bps for this port kbps Configure the maximum downstream transfer rate to be greater than the maximum upstream transfer rate Min Rate Type the minimum downstream transfer rate 32 to 25000 Kbps for this port Kbps Configure the minimum downstream transfer rate to be less than the maximum downstream transfer rate Interleave Configure this field when you set the Latency Mode field to interleave Type the
253. to start configuring the screen again 7 14 Alarm Profile Screen Click Basic Setting and then xDSL Profiles Setup in the navigation panel and then Alarm Profile to open the following screen Alarm profiles define ADSL port alarm thresholds The MSAP2000 AAMS sends an alarm trap and generates a syslog entry when the thresholds of the alarm profile are exceeded Use the top part of the screen with the Add and Cancel buttons to add or edit alarm profiles The rest of the screen displays the configured alarm profiles 74 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 34 Alarm Profile OR ica Port Profile VC Profile IGMP Filter Profile Name 7 Add Cancel Threshold ATU C ATU R Threshold ATU C ATU R 15 Min LOF sec Init Failure Trap Active I Ty Fast Rate Up bps fo b Fast Rate Down bps fo b Interleave Rate Up bps fo b Interleave Rate Down bps jo fp o 15 Min LOS sec 15 Min LOL sec 15 Min LPR 15 Min ES sec 15 Min SES sec 15 Min UAS sec 15 Min Failed Fast Retrain PEPEPIPEPIPEC IP PEPE IE Alarm profiles with xDSL port mapping Please click the to mapping a xDSL port to a new alarm profile Index Name Modify Delete 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 12 1 DEFVAL Modify Delete Y Y Y Y Y Y y v y Y Y Y The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 20 Alarm Profile LABEL DESCRIPTION Port Profile Click Port Profile to open the Port Profile
254. tream scale factors used in producing the channel characteristics function latn This is the upstream and downstream Line Attenuation in dB satn This is the upstream and downstream Signal Attenuation in dB snrm This is the upstream and downstream Signal to Noise Ratio Margin in dB A MT sub carrier s SNR is the ratio between the received signal power and the eceived noise power The signal to noise ratio margin is the maximum that the eceived noise power could increase with the MSAP2000 AAMS still being able to eet its transmission targets attndr This is the upstream and downstream Attainable Net Data Rate in bit s farEndActatp This is the upstream and downstream Far End Actual Aggregate Transmit Power in dBm i This is the index number of the DMT sub carrier li rl The channel characteristics function is represented in linear format by a scale factor and a complex number This is the real part of the complex number used in producing the channel characteristics function for this sub carrier li im The channel characteristics function is represented in linear format by a scale factor and a complex number This is the imaginary part of the complex number used in producing the channel characteristics function for this sub carrier 133 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 55 Line Diagnostics Test Parameters LABEL DESCRIPTION log This is a format for providing channel characteristics It provides magnitude
255. tual Circuit Identifier VCI of channels on this port Tx packets This field shows the number of packets transmitted on each channel Rx packetsThis field shows the number of packets received on each channel Tx rate This field shows the number of kilobytes per second transmitted on each channel Rx rate This field shows the number of kilobytes per second received on each channel Tx cells This field shows the number of ATM cells transmitted on each channel Rx cells This field shows the number of ATM cells received on each channel Errors This field shows the number of error packets on each channel Poll Interval s The text box displays how often in seconds this screen refreshes You may change the refresh interval by typing a new number in the text box and then clicking Set Interval Stop Click Stop to halt system statistic polling Clear Counter Select a port from the Port drop down list box and then click Clear Counter to erase the recorded statistical information for that port 47 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER6 Basic Setting Screens This chapter describes how to configure the System Information General Setup Switch Setup IP Setup and ENET Port Setup screens 6 1 Basic Setting Screens Overview The System Information screen displays general MSAP2000 AAMS information such as firmware version number and hardware polling information such as fan status
256. uction to IEEE 802 1Q Tagged VLAN m innronrvorvsvrsvsrnnsrersvvrnrsrrnsvernsernssrenssernssrnssenssernne 8 2 1 Forwarding Tagged and Untagged Frames nnnsronronsrossrnrsrsssrnssrnssrnnsrnssrnnsrnnsrnssrnn Automatic VLAN Registration o srosroorrvrrvvrrrvrrrrrrvrrsrrrrrssrrssersserssennnr EE ER JET EE ER E A A E A AE E A A EE SLAN Port SG AE maaan NEO CHAPTER9 IGMP Si 9 GE EE 5noo IGMP Snooping Screen RE RE Packet Filter Configuration EEE 84 84 85 85 86 86 96 96 12 1 MAC Filter Introduction a ee ceeeccecccccssecocesccscceccseccccssccacesccsevsccracescsasecctsscasesereees9 122 MAC Filer FN ves id eee CH AP T E R1 3Spannin 13 1 RSTP Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol and STP rosrnsrosvnsrssvnsrnsrnsrssersrssensrssensrnsensensen Spanning Tree Protocol ccccccccceessessessessessessesseesessecsecsecsecsesuecsessecsesuessessecseeueeseesecsesseesesaeeneeneenee TING PO senko 100 100 100 13 2 STP Status oon cccccccccccccccccececcscecescecescscscecsececscavscecseacsssavaceesecsessavssecsecaesscavasescecacesarsseseseareeeee 102 c 14 2 Port Authentication Configuration 0 c cccccccccceccccsessccsessessesseesessessesseesessessesseesessessesseesees 15 2 ET EE RR RE ia ET an ee eae HAPTER 1 4Port Authentication sqssrrscrsnimmnemmmmmmmmmmnmmmmn 14 1 Introduction to Authentication c
257. ue 4095 FFF is reserved so the maximum possible VLAN configurations are 4 094 TPID 2 Bytes User Priority 3 Bits CFI VLAN ID 1 Bits 12 bits The MSAP2000 AAMS handles up to 4094 VLANs VIDs 1 4094 The switch accepts incoming frames with VIDs 1 4094 8 2 1 Forwarding Tagged and Untagged Frames Each port on the switch is capable of passing tagged or untagged frames To forward a frame from an 802 1Q VLAN aware switch to an 802 1Q VLAN unaware switch the switch first decides where to forward the frame and then strips off the VLAN tag To forward a frame from an 802 1Q VLAN unaware switch to an 802 1Q VLAN aware switch the switch first decides where to forward the frame and then inserts a VLAN tag reflecting the ingress port s default VID The default PVID is VLAN 1 for all ports but this can be changed The egress outgoing port s of a frame is determined on the combination of the destination MAC address and the VID of the frame For a unicast frame the egress port based by the destination address must be a member of the VID also otherwise the frame is blocked For a broadcast frame it is duplicated only on ports except the ingress port itself that are members of the VID thus confining the broadcast to a specific domain Whether to tag an outgoing frame depends on the setting of the egress port on an individual VLAN and port basis remember that a port can belong to multiple VLANs If the taggi
258. ulticast IP address for a range of multicast IP addresses that you want to belong to the IGMP filter profile lt endip gt Type the ending multicast IP address for a range of IP addresses that you want to belong to the IGMP filter profile If you want to add a single multicast IP address enter it as both the startip and endip This command configures an IGMP filter profile The following example configures an IGMP filter profile named voice with a range of multicast IP addresses index 1 from 224 1 1 10 to 224 1 1 44 196 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 27 2 4 27 2 5 Figure 109 IGMP Filter Profile Set Command Example ras gt switch igmpfilter profile set test1 1 224 1 1 10 224 1 1 44 IGMP Filter Profile Delete Command Syntax switch igmpfilter profile delete lt name gt where lt name gt The name of an IGMP filter profile This command removes an IGMP filter profile The following example removes the voice IGMP filter profile Figure 110 IGMP Filter Profile Delete Command Example ras gt switch igmpfilter profile delete voice IGMP Filter Profile Show Command Syntax switch igmpfilter profile show lt name gt where lt name gt The name of an IGMP filter profile or all of the IGMP filter profiles lt gt This command displays an IGMP filter profile s settings The following example displays the voice IGMP filter profile s settings 197 MSAP20
259. umbers enable lt telnet ftp web Turns on a service icmp gt disable lt telnet ftp web Turns off a service icmp gt port lt telnet ftp web Sets a port for a service gt lt port gt client show Displays the device s secured client settings enable lt index gt Allows a secured client set to manage the device 141 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 58 Commands continued COMMAND Description disable lt index gt Stops a secured client set from managing the device set lt index gt lt start ip gt Sets a secured client set a range of lt end ip gt telnet ftp IP addresses from which you can web icmp manage the device and the protocols that can be used syslog The syslog feature sends logs to an external syslog server show Displays the syslog settings enable Turns on the syslog logging disable Turns off the syslog logging server lt ip gt Sets the IP address of the syslog server facility lt facility gt Set the log facility 1 7 to log the syslog messages to different files in the syslog server See your syslog oroaram s documentation for details time show Displays the system s current time set lt hh gt smm gt Sets the system s time ss date show Displays the system s current date set lt yyyy mm dd gt Sets the system s date timeserver show Displays the system s time server set l
260. ur safety be sure to read and follow all warning notices and instructions e To reduce the risk of fire use only No 26 AWG American Wire Gauge or larger telecommunication line cord Do NOT open the device or unit Opening or removing covers can expose you to dangerous high voltage points or other risks ONLY qualified service personnel can service the device Please contact your vendor for further information e Use ONLY the dedicated power supply for your device Connect the power cord or power adaptor to the right supply voltage 110V AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe Do NOT use the device if the power supply is damaged as it might cause electrocution If the power supply is damaged remove it from the power outlet Do NOT attempt to repair the power supply Contact your local vendor to order a new power supply e Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them Do NOT allow anything to rest on the power cord and do NOT locate the product where anyone can walk on the power cord e If you wall mount your device make sure that no electrical gas or water pipes will be damaged e Do NOT install nor use your device during a thunderstorm There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Do NOT expose your device to dampness dust or corrosive liquids e Do NOT use this product near water for example in a wet basement or near a swimming pool e Make sure to
261. uration file Security e Password protection for system management e VLAN MAC Media Access Control Count Filter You can limit the number of MAC addresses that may be dynamically learned on a port You may enable disable the MAC count filter on individual ports Static Multicast Filter Use the static multicast filter to allow incoming frames based on multicast MAC address es that you specify This feature can be used in conjunction with IGMP snooping to allow multicast MAC address es that are not learned by IGMP snooping IGMP Snooping With IGMP snooping group multicast traffic is only forwarded to ports that are members of that group IGMP Snooping generates no additional network traffic allowing you to significantly reduce multicast traffic passing through your MSAP2000 AAMS 21 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide System Monitoring e System status link status rates statistics counters e Temperatures voltage reports and alarms System Error Logging The MSAP2000 AAMS s system error log will record error logs locally These logs may be viewed again after a warm restart Alarm LED An ALM alarm LED lights when the MSAP2000 AAMS is overheated or the voltage readings are outside the tolerance levels Bandwidth Control The MSAP2000 AAMS supports rate limiting in 64Kbps increments allowing you to create different service plans Quality of Service The MSAP2000 AAMS has four priority queues so you can en
262. use ATM Adaptation Layer AAL 5 Class This field displays the type of ATM traffic class cbr constant bit rate vbr real time variable bit rate nrt vbr non real time variable bit rate or ubr unspecified bit rate PCR This is the Peak Cell Rate PCR the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells CDVT This field displays the accepted tolerance of the difference between a cell s transfer delay and the expected transfer delay SCR The Sustained Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted SCR applies with the vbr traffic class Minimum Cell Rate MCR is the minimum rate at which the sender can send cells BT Burst Tolerance BT is the maximum number of cells that the port is guaranteed to handle without any discards BT applies with the vbr traffic class Modify Select a VC profile s Select radio button and click Modify to edit the VC profile Delete Select a VC profile s Select radio button and click Delete to remove the VC profile The rest of the screen is for PVC configuration 73 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 19 VC Profile continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Name When editing a profile this is the name of this profile When adding a profile type a name for the profile You can use up to 31 ASCII characters spaces are not allowed Encap Select the encapsulation type LLC or VC for this port Class Select CBR constant bit rate to specif
263. ute after using the line diagnostic set command before using the line diagnostics set command The following example displays the line diagnostics results for ADSL port 1 180 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 99 ADSL Line Diagnostics Get Command Example ras gt adsl linediag getld 1 Line_Diagnostics_Parameter channel 0 number_of_subcarries 256 32 hlinScale 19625 32767 latn 54 0 satn 52 8 snrm 60 60 attndr 12140000 1120000 farEndActatp 75 125 i lirl liim log QLN SNR i 0 32768 32768 1023 255 255 1 32768 32768 1023 255 255 2 32768 32768 1023 255 255 3 32768 32768 1023 255 255 4 32768 32768 1023 255 255 5 32768 32768 1023 255 255 6 11604 4752 83 191 132 7 17794 5598 48 190 139 8 22385 5567 30 184 147 9 24903 5163 21 163 152 10 26768 5013 15 185 159 11 29179 5494 8 175 165 12 31605 6574 1 172 168 13 32766 8020 1023 186 170 14 32159 9597 1023 183 173 15 30990 11350 1023 182 173 16 30432 13730 1023 186 172 17 30259 16694 1023 182 170 18 29137 19570 1023 171 170 19 26499 21554 1023 186 172 20 23288 22973 0 173 174 21 20620 24727 1 175 175 22 18594 27337 1023 189 173 26 3 13 ADSL Alarm Profile Commands Configure alarm profiles to set alarm settings and thresholds for the ADSL ports 26 3 14 Alarm Profile Show Command Syntax adsl alarmprofile show profile where profile The name of an alarm profile Displays the settings of the specified alarm profile or all of the
264. values in a logarithmic scale This can be used in analyzing the physical condition of the ADSL line QLN The Quiet Line Noise for a DMT sub carrier is the rms root mean square level of the noise present on the line when no ADSL signals are present It is measured in dBm Hz The QLN can be used in analyzing crosstalk SNR This is the upstream and downstream Signal to Noise Ratio in dB A DMT sub carrier s SNR is the ratio between the received signal power and the received noise power The SNR can be used in analyzing time dependent changes in crosstalk levels and line attenuation such as those caused by temperature variations and moisture 134 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide CHAPTER 22 MAC Table This chapter introduces the MAC Table screen 22 1 Introduction to MAC Table The MAC table lists device MAC addresses that are dynamically learned by the MSAP2000 AAMS The table shows the following for each MAC address the port upon which Ethernet frames were received from the device to which VLAN groups the device belongs if any and to which channel it is connected for devices connected to DSL ports The switch uses the MAC table to determine how to forward frames See the following figure 1 The switch examines a received frame and learns the port on which this source MAC address came 2 The switch checks to see if the frame s destination MAC address matches a source MAC address already learned
265. ve Switch Mode Standalone v Priority Queue Assignment Leave All Timer 10000 0 65535 milliseconds lt i Level 7 Queue 3 Level 6 Queue 3 Y Level 5 Queue 2 Level 4 Queue 2 Y Level 3 Queue 1 Y Level 2 Queue 0 Level 1 Queue 0 7 Hd Level 0 Queue 1 Y Apply The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 11 Switch Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION IGMP Snooping Select Active to enable IGMP snooping have group multicast traffic only forwarded to ports that are members of the VLAN significantly reducing multicast traffic passing through your MSAP2000 AAMS MAC Address MAC address learning reduces outgoing traffic broadcasts For MAC address Learning learning to occur on a port the port must be active Aging Time Enter a time from 10 to 765 seconds This is how long all dynamically learned MAC addresses remain in the MAC address table before they age out and must be relearned GARP Timer Switches join VLANs by making a declaration A declaration is made by issuing a Join message using GARP Declarations are withdrawn by issuing a Leave message A Leave All message terminates all registrations GARP timers set declaration timeout values See the chapter on VLAN setup for more background information Join Timer Join Timer sets the duration of the Join Period timer for GVRP in milliseconds Each port has a Join Period timer The allowed Join Time range is bet
266. view m msrmnrnrsrrnrsrnrrrrrrrrrrrrrnrrrrrerensrnrnrrrrnerensrnnenn 41 S2 HE SEP NR 41 52 1 Ethernet Port Statistics cccseesccereenacnrsepnasersepnacapenpnasayeennacnpenpnasnveapnacnpenpaasaren nas 42 0 22 ADSL Por Sausti eeror EE ket 45 CHAPTERG6 Basic Setting Screens 200 0 ce ccssssesssseseeseeceeseeaeseceeseeaeeecaeeatseeecaeeateees 48 6 1 Basic Setting Screens Overview no cccccccceseseseesescscesecesesescecacseesesesececaeeeatecseteeaeeetateeeees 48 FETE EEE 6 4 GS Swieh Seip Seredi sss isissansattaeconcnseanitanessoncnaci abla deoencenasitlaneaascondeintladeonainaneeaenoies 6 6 6 7 7 1 7 2 7 3 7 4 7 6 7 8 7 9 VC Setup Screen 7 10 EE JERNET EE aaa hited 7 12 Traffic Shaping 0 0 0 0 ee 7 13 VOC Profile SCrE I cccccccccccscscsecececececcccscscscscscscscscscsssssscsvaacasscacscecececsesecasscscscsessasasatececeacerseseae 7 7 14 7 15 7 16 7 17 EE EEE NN IGMP Snooping auussnmnsanssnmusnoninrvemunnmenv Frysere ENET Port Setup CHAPTER7 ADSL Port Setu Downstream and Upstream 0 ccccccccccccssessssessessssessessssessessssessessssessessssessesscsecsessssessesseseeseseeeee D1 FS Jr interleave Dalay ERE EE EE EEE EEE FAN Fe Mo ee Configured Versus Actual Rate 0 0 c ccccccccccssessssessesscscssesscsccsesscsessesucscesssuesesessssesessestsesseess BETTE RR EE RER adage EN 7 7 1 xDSL Port Setti
267. ween 100 and 65535 milliseconds the default is 200 milliseconds See the chapter on VLAN setup for more background information Leave Timer Leave Timer sets the duration of the Leave Period timer for GVRP in milliseconds Each port has a single Leave Period timer Leave Time must be two times larger than Join Timer the default is 600 milliseconds 53 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Table 11 Switch Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Leave All Timer Leave All Timer sets the duration of the Leave All Period timer for GVRP in milliseconds Each port has a single Leave All Period timer Leave All Timer must be larger than Leave Timer Port Isolation Turn on port isolation to block communications between subscriber ports When you enable port isolation you do not need to configure the VLAN to isolate subscribers Switch Mode Select Standalone to use both of the MSAP2000 AAMS s Ethernet ports LAN 1 and LAN 2 as uplink ports Note Standalone mode is recommended for network topologies that use loops Use Daisychain mode to cascade daisychain multiple MSAP2000 AAMSs The MSAP2000 AAMS uses Ethernet port one LAN 1 as an uplink port to connect to the Ethernet backbone and uses Ethernet port two LAN 2 to connect to another daisychained or subtending MSAP2000 AAMS Note Daisychain mode is recommended for network topologies that do not use loops Priority Queue Assignment IEEE 802 1p defines up to
268. wnstream transmissions Up Stream This field displays the number of milliseconds of interleave delay for Interleave Delay upstream transmissions Down Stream This field displays the amount of power that this port is using to transmit to the Output Power subscriber s ADSL modem or router The total output power of the transceiver varies with the length and line quality The farther away the subscriber s ADSL modem or router is or the more interference there is on the line the more power is needed Info The Info Atur fields show data acquired from the ATUR ADSL Termination Unit Remote in this case the subscriber s ADSL modem or router during negotiation provisioning message interchanges This information can help in identifying the subscriber s ADSL modem or router The Info Atuc fields show data acquired from the ATUC ADSL Termination Unit Central in this case AAM during negotiation provisioning message interchanges The vendor ID vendor version number and product serial number are obtained from vendor ID fields see ITU T G 994 1 or R MSGS1 see a Atthe time of writing the MSAP2000 AAMS always uses Trellis coding 79 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 7 17 Line Performance Click Basic Setting and then Line Data in the navigation panel and then the Line Performance link to open the following screen This screen displays an ADSL port s line performance counters These counters display line perf
269. y configured The VLAN must also have at least one port set to the fixed status This command sets the management VLAN CPU You can only manage the MSAP2000 AAMS through ports that are members of the management VLAN Note By default you can access the management VLAN from all the Ethernet and ADSL ports since they are all in the management VLAN If you need more security please see the following example Configuring Management VLAN Example Note After the following example configuration you must connect to the first Ethernet port through a VLAN aware device that is using the proper VLAN ID in order to perform management By default the MSAP2000 AAMS s ADSL ports are members of the management VLAN VID 1 The following procedure shows you how to configure a tagged VLAN that limits management access to just one Ethernet port Note Use the console port to configure the MSAP2000 AAMS if you misconfigure the management VLAN and lock yourself out 207 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide 27 8 12 27 8 13 1 Use the switch vlan setcommand to configure a VLAN ID VID 3 in this example for managing the MSAP2000 AAMS the management or CPU VLAN Figure 121 CPU VLAN Configuration and Activation Example ras gt switch vlan set 3 enet1 FT 2 Use the switch vlan cpu command to set VID 3 as the management VLAN Figure 122 Deleting Default VLAN Example ras gt switch vlan cpu set 3 VLAN
270. y fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR unspecified bit rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select VBR real time variable bit rate or NRT VBR non real time variable bit rate for bursty traffic and bandwidth sharing with other applications PCR Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells PCR applies with all of the ATM traffic classes Type the PCR here CDVT Cell Delay Variation Tolerance CDVT is the accepted tolerance of the difference between a cell s transfer delay and the expected transfer delay CDVT applies with all of the ATM traffic classes Type the CDVT here SCR The Sustained Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR SCR applies with the VBR traffic classes BT Burst Tolerance BT sets a maximum number of cells that the port is guaranteed to handle without any discards Type the BT here BT applies with the VBR traffic classes Add Click Add to save your changes to the MSAP2000 AAMS s volatile memory The MSAP2000 AAMS loses these changes if it is turned off or loses power so use the Config Save link on the navigation panel to save your changes to the non volatile memory when you are done configuring Cancel Click Cancel
271. ys snmp trapdst set lt ip gt lt port gt where lt ip gt The IP address of the trap server lt port gt The port number upon which the trap server listens for SNMP traps The MSAP2000 AAMS uses the default of 162 if you do not specify a trap port Use this command specify the IP address and port number of the trap server to which the MSAP2000 AAMS sends SNMP traps If you leave the trap destination set to 0 0 0 0 default the MSAP2000 AAMS will not send any SNMP traps Show SNMP Settings Command Syntax sys snmp show This command displays the current SNMP get community set community trap community trusted hosts and trap destination settings Server Show Command Syntax ras gt sys server show This command displays which services may be used to access the MSAP2000 AAMS An example is shown next 159 MSAP2000 AAMS User s Guide Figure 74 Server Show Command Example ras gt sys server show server status port telnet V 23 ftp V 21 web V 80 icmp V 25 2 6 Server Port Command Syntax ras gt sys server port lt telnet ftp web gt lt port gt This command changes the port for a service on the MSAP2000 AAMS The following example sets the MSAP2000 AAMS to use port 24 for Telnet sessions Figure 75 Server Port Command Example ras gt sys server port telnet 24 25 2 7 Client Show Command Syntax ras gt sys client show This c

ZyXEL MSAP2000 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents